1 /* PowerPC-specific support for 32-bit ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1994-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the
19 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor,
20 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
23 /* This file is based on a preliminary PowerPC ELF ABI. The
24 information may not match the final PowerPC ELF ABI. It includes
25 suggestions from the in-progress Embedded PowerPC ABI, and that
26 information may also not match. */
35 #include "elf32-ppc.h"
36 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
38 #include "opcode/ppc.h"
40 typedef enum split16_format_type
47 /* RELA relocations are used here. */
49 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
50 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
51 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
52 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
54 /* Branch prediction bit for branch taken relocs. */
55 #define BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT 0x200000
56 /* Mask to set RA in memory instructions. */
57 #define RA_REGISTER_MASK 0x001f0000
58 /* Value to shift register by to insert RA. */
59 #define RA_REGISTER_SHIFT 16
61 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
63 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
65 /* For old-style PLT. */
66 /* The number of single-slot PLT entries (the rest use two slots). */
67 #define PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES 8192
69 /* For new-style .glink and .plt. */
70 #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE 16*4
71 #define GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE(htab, h) \
74 && h == htab->tls_get_addr \
75 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt ? 8*4 : 0) \
76 + (1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align) - 1) \
77 & -(1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align))
79 /* VxWorks uses its own plt layout, filled in by the static linker. */
81 /* The standard VxWorks PLT entry. */
82 #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 32
83 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry
84 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
86 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
87 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
88 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
89 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
90 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
91 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> */
95 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
96 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
98 0x3d9e0000, /* addis r12,r30,0 */
99 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
100 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
101 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
102 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
103 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> 14: R_PPC_REL24 .PLTresolve */
104 0x60000000, /* nop */
105 0x60000000, /* nop */
108 /* The initial VxWorks PLT entry. */
109 #define VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE 32
110 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry
111 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
113 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
114 0x398c0000, /* addi r12,r12,0 */
115 0x800c0008, /* lwz r0,8(r12) */
116 0x7c0903a6, /* mtctr r0 */
117 0x818c0004, /* lwz r12,4(r12) */
118 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
119 0x60000000, /* nop */
120 0x60000000, /* nop */
122 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
123 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
125 0x819e0008, /* lwz r12,8(r30) */
126 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
127 0x819e0004, /* lwz r12,4(r30) */
128 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
129 0x60000000, /* nop */
130 0x60000000, /* nop */
131 0x60000000, /* nop */
132 0x60000000, /* nop */
135 /* For executables, we have some additional relocations in
136 .rela.plt.unloaded, for the kernel loader. */
138 /* The number of non-JMP_SLOT relocations per PLT0 slot. */
139 #define VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS 3
140 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot. */
141 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS 2
142 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot when creating
144 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB 0
146 /* Some instructions. */
147 #define ADDIS_11_11 0x3d6b0000
148 #define ADDIS_11_30 0x3d7e0000
149 #define ADDIS_12_12 0x3d8c0000
150 #define ADDI_11_11 0x396b0000
151 #define ADD_0_11_11 0x7c0b5a14
152 #define ADD_3_12_2 0x7c6c1214
153 #define ADD_11_0_11 0x7d605a14
155 #define BA 0x48000002
156 #define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005
157 #define BCTR 0x4e800420
158 #define BEQLR 0x4d820020
159 #define CMPWI_11_0 0x2c0b0000
160 #define LIS_11 0x3d600000
161 #define LIS_12 0x3d800000
162 #define LWZU_0_12 0x840c0000
163 #define LWZ_0_12 0x800c0000
164 #define LWZ_11_3 0x81630000
165 #define LWZ_11_11 0x816b0000
166 #define LWZ_11_30 0x817e0000
167 #define LWZ_12_3 0x81830000
168 #define LWZ_12_12 0x818c0000
169 #define MR_0_3 0x7c601b78
170 #define MR_3_0 0x7c030378
171 #define MFLR_0 0x7c0802a6
172 #define MFLR_12 0x7d8802a6
173 #define MTCTR_0 0x7c0903a6
174 #define MTCTR_11 0x7d6903a6
175 #define MTLR_0 0x7c0803a6
176 #define NOP 0x60000000
177 #define SUB_11_11_12 0x7d6c5850
179 /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */
180 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
181 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
183 /* The value of a defined global symbol. */
184 #define SYM_VAL(SYM) \
185 ((SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma \
186 + (SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_offset \
187 + (SYM)->root.u.def.value)
189 /* Relocation HOWTO's. */
190 /* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple
191 field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is
192 always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative.
193 PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at
194 the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24
195 and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here,
196 rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */
197 #define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \
198 complain, special_func) \
199 HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \
200 complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \
201 #type, FALSE, 0, mask, pc_relative)
203 static reloc_howto_type
*ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_max
];
205 static reloc_howto_type ppc_elf_howto_raw
[] = {
206 /* This reloc does nothing. */
207 HOW (R_PPC_NONE
, 3, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
208 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
210 /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */
211 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
212 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
214 /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
215 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
216 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR24
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
217 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
219 /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */
220 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
221 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
223 /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */
224 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
225 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
227 /* The high order 16 bits of an address. */
228 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
229 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
231 /* The high order 16 bits of an address, plus 1 if the contents of
232 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
233 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
234 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
236 /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
237 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
238 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
239 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
241 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
242 indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two
243 bits must be zero. */
244 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
245 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
247 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
248 indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower
249 two bits must be zero. */
250 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
251 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
253 /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
254 HOW (R_PPC_REL24
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
255 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
257 /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
258 HOW (R_PPC_REL14
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
259 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
261 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
262 the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be
264 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
265 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
267 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
268 the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must
270 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
271 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
273 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the
275 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
276 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
278 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for
280 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
281 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
283 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for
285 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
286 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
288 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for
290 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
291 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
293 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but referring to the procedure linkage table
294 entry for the symbol. */
295 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL24
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
296 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
298 /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist
299 both in the object being run and in some shared library. The
300 dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the
301 shared library into the object, because the object being
302 run has to have the data at some particular address. */
303 HOW (R_PPC_COPY
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
304 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
306 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but used when setting global offset table
308 HOW (R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
309 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
311 /* Marks a procedure linkage table entry for a symbol. */
312 HOW (R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
313 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
315 /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this
316 longword is set to the load address of the object, plus the
318 HOW (R_PPC_RELATIVE
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
319 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
321 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but uses the value of the symbol within the
322 object rather than the final value. Normally used for
323 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
324 HOW (R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
325 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
327 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */
328 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
329 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
331 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */
332 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
333 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
335 /* 32-bit PC relative */
336 HOW (R_PPC_REL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
337 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
339 /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
340 FIXME: not supported. */
341 HOW (R_PPC_PLT32
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
342 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
344 /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
345 FIXME: not supported. */
346 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL32
, 2, 32, 0, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
347 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
349 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for
351 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
352 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
354 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for
356 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
357 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
359 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for
361 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
362 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
364 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA_BASE_, for use with
366 HOW (R_PPC_SDAREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
367 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
369 /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */
370 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
371 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
373 /* 16-bit lower half section relative relocation. */
374 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
375 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
377 /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */
378 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
379 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
381 /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */
382 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
383 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
385 /* Marker relocs for TLS. */
386 HOW (R_PPC_TLS
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
387 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
389 HOW (R_PPC_TLSGD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
390 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
392 HOW (R_PPC_TLSLD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
393 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
395 /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */
396 HOW (R_PPC_PLTSEQ
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
397 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
399 HOW (R_PPC_PLTCALL
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
400 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
402 /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the
403 definition of its TLS sym. */
404 HOW (R_PPC_DTPMOD32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
405 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
407 /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value
408 of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that
409 contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */
410 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
411 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
413 /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */
414 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
415 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
417 /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
418 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
419 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
421 /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
422 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
423 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
425 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
426 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
427 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
429 /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of
430 sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */
431 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
432 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
434 /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */
435 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
436 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
438 /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */
439 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
440 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
442 /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
443 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
444 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
446 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
447 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
448 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
450 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
451 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset
452 to the first entry. */
453 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
454 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
456 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */
457 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
458 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
460 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
461 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
462 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
464 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
465 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
466 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
468 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
469 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the
471 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
472 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
474 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */
475 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
476 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
478 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
479 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
480 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
482 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
483 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
484 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
486 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes
487 the offset to the entry. */
488 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
489 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
491 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
492 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
493 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
495 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
496 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
497 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
499 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
500 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
501 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
503 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the
504 offset to the entry. */
505 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
506 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
508 /* Like GOT_TPREL16, but no overflow. */
509 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
510 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
512 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
513 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
514 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
516 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
517 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
518 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
520 /* The remaining relocs are from the Embedded ELF ABI, and are not
521 in the SVR4 ELF ABI. */
523 /* 32 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
524 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
525 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
527 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
528 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
529 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
531 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
532 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
533 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
535 /* The high order 16 bits of the addend minus the symbol. */
536 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
537 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
539 /* The high order 16 bits of the result of the addend minus the address,
540 plus 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number,
542 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
543 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
545 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
546 address in the .sdata section, and returning the offset from
547 _SDA_BASE_ for that relocation. */
548 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
549 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
551 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
552 address in the .sdata2 section, and returning the offset from
553 _SDA2_BASE_ for that relocation. */
554 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
555 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
557 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA2_BASE_, for use with
559 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
560 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
562 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling in the 16 bit
563 signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the register
564 field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
565 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
566 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
568 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF */
569 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16 */
570 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO */
571 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI */
572 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA */
573 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD */
575 /* PC relative relocation against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling
576 in the 16 bit signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the
577 register field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
578 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
579 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
581 /* A relative 8 bit branch. */
582 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL8
, 1, 8, 0xff, 1, TRUE
, signed,
583 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
585 /* A relative 15 bit branch. */
586 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL15
, 2, 16, 0xfffe, 0, TRUE
, signed,
587 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
589 /* A relative 24 bit branch. */
590 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL24
, 2, 25, 0x1fffffe, 0, TRUE
, signed,
591 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
593 /* The 16 LSBS in split16a format. */
594 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
595 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
597 /* The 16 LSBS in split16d format. */
598 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
599 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
601 /* Bits 16-31 split16a format. */
602 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
603 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
605 /* Bits 16-31 split16d format. */
606 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
607 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
609 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16a format. */
610 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
611 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
613 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16d format. */
614 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
615 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
617 /* This reloc is like R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 but only applies to e_add16i
618 instructions. If the register base is 0 then the linker changes
619 the e_add16i to an e_li instruction. */
620 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
621 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
623 /* Like R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 but ignore overflow. */
624 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
625 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
627 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
628 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
629 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
631 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
632 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
633 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
635 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
636 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
637 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
639 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
640 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
641 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
643 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16a format. */
644 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
645 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
647 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16d format. */
648 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
649 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
651 /* e_li split20 format. */
652 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
, 2, 20, 0x1f7fff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
653 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
655 HOW (R_PPC_IRELATIVE
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
656 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
658 /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */
659 HOW (R_PPC_REL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE
, signed,
660 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
662 /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */
663 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
664 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
666 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */
667 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, dont
,
668 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
670 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of
671 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
672 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, dont
,
673 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
675 /* Like R_PPC_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */
676 HOW (R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, TRUE
, signed,
677 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
679 /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */
680 HOW (R_PPC_16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, FALSE
, signed,
681 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
683 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
684 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
687 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
688 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
691 /* Phony reloc to handle AIX style TOC entries. */
692 HOW (R_PPC_TOC16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
693 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
696 /* Initialize the ppc_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can be done. */
699 ppc_elf_howto_init (void)
701 unsigned int i
, type
;
704 i
< sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[0]);
707 type
= ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].type
;
708 if (type
>= (sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table
)
709 / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table
[0])))
711 ppc_elf_howto_table
[type
] = &ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
715 static reloc_howto_type
*
716 ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
717 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
)
719 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r
;
721 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
722 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
723 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
730 case BFD_RELOC_NONE
: r
= R_PPC_NONE
; break;
731 case BFD_RELOC_32
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR32
; break;
732 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR24
; break;
733 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
734 case BFD_RELOC_16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16
; break;
735 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
736 case BFD_RELOC_LO16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
; break;
737 case BFD_RELOC_HI16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
; break;
738 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
; break;
739 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14
; break;
740 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
; break;
741 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
; break;
742 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26
: r
= R_PPC_REL24
; break;
743 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16
: r
= R_PPC_REL14
; break;
744 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
; break;
745 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
; break;
746 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
747 case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16
; break;
748 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
749 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_LO
; break;
750 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_HI
; break;
751 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_HA
; break;
752 case BFD_RELOC_24_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_PLTREL24
; break;
753 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY
: r
= R_PPC_COPY
; break;
754 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT
: r
= R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
; break;
755 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_LOCAL24PC
: r
= R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
; break;
756 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL32
; break;
757 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT32
; break;
758 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_PLTREL32
; break;
759 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
760 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_LO
; break;
761 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_HI
; break;
762 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_HA
; break;
763 case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_SDAREL16
; break;
764 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
765 case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF
; break;
766 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
767 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
; break;
768 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
; break;
769 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
; break;
770 case BFD_RELOC_CTOR
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR32
; break;
771 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
772 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16
: r
= R_PPC_TOC16
; break;
773 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS
: r
= R_PPC_TLS
; break;
774 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD
: r
= R_PPC_TLSGD
; break;
775 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD
: r
= R_PPC_TLSLD
; break;
776 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD
: r
= R_PPC_DTPMOD32
; break;
777 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
778 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16
; break;
779 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
780 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
; break;
781 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
; break;
782 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
; break;
783 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL32
; break;
784 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
785 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16
; break;
786 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
787 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
; break;
788 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
; break;
789 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
; break;
790 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL32
; break;
791 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
; break;
792 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
; break;
793 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
; break;
794 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
; break;
795 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
; break;
796 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
; break;
797 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
; break;
798 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
; break;
799 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
; break;
800 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
; break;
801 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
; break;
802 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
; break;
803 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
; break;
804 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
; break;
805 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
; break;
806 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
; break;
807 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
; break;
808 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
; break;
809 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
; break;
810 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
; break;
811 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
; break;
812 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
; break;
813 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
; break;
814 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
; break;
815 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA21
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
; break;
816 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
; break;
817 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
; break;
818 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
; break;
819 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
; break;
820 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
; break;
821 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
; break;
822 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
; break;
823 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL8
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL8
; break;
824 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL15
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL15
; break;
825 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL24
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL24
; break;
826 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
; break;
827 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
; break;
828 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
; break;
829 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
; break;
830 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
; break;
831 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
; break;
832 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
; break;
833 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
; break;
834 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
835 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
;
837 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
838 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
;
840 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
841 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
;
843 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
844 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
;
846 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
847 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
;
849 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
850 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
;
852 case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16
; break;
853 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_LO
; break;
854 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_HI
; break;
855 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_HA
; break;
856 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC_16DX_HA
; break;
857 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
; break;
858 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT
: r
= R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
; break;
859 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
: r
= R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
; break;
862 return ppc_elf_howto_table
[r
];
865 static reloc_howto_type
*
866 ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
872 i
< sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[0]);
874 if (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
!= NULL
875 && strcasecmp (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
, r_name
) == 0)
876 return &ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
881 /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */
884 ppc_elf_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd
,
886 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst
)
890 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
891 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
892 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
894 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (dst
->r_info
);
895 if (r_type
>= R_PPC_max
)
897 /* xgettext:c-format */
898 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
900 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
904 cache_ptr
->howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
906 /* Just because the above assert didn't trigger doesn't mean that
907 ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info) is necessarily a valid relocation. */
908 if (cache_ptr
->howto
== NULL
)
910 /* xgettext:c-format */
911 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
913 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
921 /* Handle the R_PPC_ADDR16_HA and R_PPC_REL16_HA relocs. */
923 static bfd_reloc_status_type
924 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
925 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
928 asection
*input_section
,
930 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
932 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
934 bfd_size_type octets
;
937 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
939 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
943 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 0x8000;
944 r_type
= reloc_entry
->howto
->type
;
945 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
)
946 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
949 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
950 value
= symbol
->value
;
951 value
+= (reloc_entry
->addend
952 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
953 + symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
);
954 value
-= (reloc_entry
->address
955 + input_section
->output_offset
956 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
959 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
960 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
962 insn
|= (value
& 0xffc1) | ((value
& 0x3e) << 15);
963 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
967 static bfd_reloc_status_type
968 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
969 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
972 asection
*input_section
,
974 char **error_message
)
976 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
977 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
979 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
980 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
981 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
983 if (error_message
!= NULL
)
986 sprintf (buf
, _("generic linker can't handle %s"),
987 reloc_entry
->howto
->name
);
988 *error_message
= buf
;
990 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
993 /* Sections created by the linker. */
995 typedef struct elf_linker_section
997 /* Pointer to the bfd section. */
1001 /* Associated bss section name. */
1002 const char *bss_name
;
1003 /* Associated symbol name. */
1004 const char *sym_name
;
1005 /* Associated symbol. */
1006 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sym
;
1007 } elf_linker_section_t
;
1009 /* Linked list of allocated pointer entries. This hangs off of the
1010 symbol lists, and provides allows us to return different pointers,
1011 based on different addend's. */
1013 typedef struct elf_linker_section_pointers
1015 /* next allocated pointer for this symbol */
1016 struct elf_linker_section_pointers
*next
;
1017 /* offset of pointer from beginning of section */
1021 /* which linker section this is */
1022 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
;
1023 } elf_linker_section_pointers_t
;
1025 struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata
1027 struct elf_obj_tdata elf
;
1029 /* A mapping from local symbols to offsets into the various linker
1030 sections added. This is index by the symbol index. */
1031 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**linker_section_pointers
;
1033 /* Flags used to auto-detect plt type. */
1034 unsigned int makes_plt_call
: 1;
1035 unsigned int has_rel16
: 1;
1038 #define ppc_elf_tdata(bfd) \
1039 ((struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
1041 #define elf_local_ptr_offsets(bfd) \
1042 (ppc_elf_tdata (bfd)->linker_section_pointers)
1044 #define is_ppc_elf(bfd) \
1045 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
1046 && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC32_ELF_DATA)
1048 /* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */
1051 ppc_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1053 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata
),
1057 /* When defaulting arch/mach, decode apuinfo to find a better match. */
1060 _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (bfd
*abfd
)
1062 unsigned long mach
= 0;
1064 unsigned char *contents
;
1066 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32
1067 && bfd_big_endian (abfd
))
1070 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
1071 if ((elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1074 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
;
1079 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1082 && bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &contents
))
1084 unsigned int apuinfo_size
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ 4);
1087 for (i
= 20; i
< apuinfo_size
+ 20 && i
+ 4 <= s
->size
; i
+= 4)
1089 unsigned int val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ i
);
1092 case PPC_APUINFO_PMR
:
1093 case PPC_APUINFO_RFMCI
:
1095 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_titan
;
1098 case PPC_APUINFO_ISEL
:
1099 case PPC_APUINFO_CACHELCK
:
1100 if (mach
== bfd_mach_ppc_titan
)
1101 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_e500mc
;
1104 case PPC_APUINFO_SPE
:
1105 case PPC_APUINFO_EFS
:
1106 case PPC_APUINFO_BRLOCK
:
1107 if (mach
!= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
)
1108 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_e500
;
1111 case PPC_APUINFO_VLE
:
1112 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
;
1123 if (mach
!= 0 && mach
!= -1ul)
1125 const bfd_arch_info_type
*arch
;
1127 for (arch
= abfd
->arch_info
->next
; arch
; arch
= arch
->next
)
1128 if (arch
->mach
== mach
)
1130 abfd
->arch_info
= arch
;
1137 /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 32 bit input bfd when the
1138 default is 64 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */
1141 ppc_elf_object_p (bfd
*abfd
)
1143 if (!abfd
->arch_info
->the_default
)
1146 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 64)
1148 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1150 if (i_ehdr
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
1152 /* Relies on arch after 64 bit default being 32 bit default. */
1153 abfd
->arch_info
= abfd
->arch_info
->next
;
1154 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32);
1157 return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd
);
1160 /* Function to set whether a module needs the -mrelocatable bit set. */
1163 ppc_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
1165 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
1166 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
1168 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
1169 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
1173 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
1176 ppc_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1181 switch (note
->descsz
)
1186 case 268: /* Linux/PPC. */
1188 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
1191 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 24);
1200 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
1201 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
1202 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
1206 ppc_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1208 switch (note
->descsz
)
1213 case 128: /* Linux/PPC elf_prpsinfo. */
1214 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
1215 = bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 16);
1216 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
1217 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 32, 16);
1218 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
1219 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 48, 80);
1222 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
1223 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
1224 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
1227 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
1228 int n
= strlen (command
);
1230 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
1231 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
1238 ppc_elf_write_core_note (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
, int note_type
, ...)
1247 char data
[128] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING
;
1250 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1251 memset (data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
1252 strncpy (data
+ 32, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 16);
1253 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1255 /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with
1256 -Wstringop-truncation:
1257 https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643
1259 DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION
;
1261 strncpy (data
+ 48, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 80);
1262 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1266 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1267 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1278 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1279 memset (data
, 0, 72);
1280 pid
= va_arg (ap
, long);
1281 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, pid
, data
+ 24);
1282 cursig
= va_arg (ap
, int);
1283 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, cursig
, data
+ 12);
1284 greg
= va_arg (ap
, const void *);
1285 memcpy (data
+ 72, greg
, 192);
1286 memset (data
+ 264, 0, 4);
1288 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1289 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1295 ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags (char *flag_name
)
1298 if (!strcmp (flag_name
, "SHF_PPC_VLE"))
1304 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
1305 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
1308 ppc_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1309 const asection
*plt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1312 return rel
->address
;
1315 /* Handle a PowerPC specific section when reading an object file. This
1316 is called when bfd_section_from_shdr finds a section with an unknown
1320 ppc_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
1321 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
1328 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1331 newsect
= hdr
->bfd_section
;
1332 flags
= bfd_section_flags (newsect
);
1333 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
)
1334 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1336 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_ORDERED
)
1337 flags
|= SEC_SORT_ENTRIES
;
1339 bfd_set_section_flags (newsect
, flags
);
1343 /* Set up any other section flags and such that may be necessary. */
1346 ppc_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1347 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
,
1350 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_SORT_ENTRIES
) != 0)
1351 shdr
->sh_type
= SHT_ORDERED
;
1356 /* If we have .sbss2 or .PPC.EMB.sbss0 output sections, we
1357 need to bump up the number of section headers. */
1360 ppc_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
1361 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1366 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".sbss2");
1367 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1370 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0");
1371 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1377 /* Modify the segment map for VLE executables. */
1380 ppc_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
1381 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1383 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
1385 /* At this point in the link, output sections have already been sorted by
1386 LMA and assigned to segments. All that is left to do is to ensure
1387 there is no mixing of VLE & non-VLE sections in a text segment.
1388 If we find that case, we split the segment.
1389 We maintain the original output section order. */
1391 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
1393 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
1396 unsigned int p_flags
;
1398 if (m
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
|| m
->count
== 0)
1401 for (p_flags
= PF_R
, j
= 0; j
!= m
->count
; ++j
)
1403 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
1405 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
1408 if ((elf_section_flags (m
->sections
[j
]) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1409 p_flags
|= PF_PPC_VLE
;
1414 while (++j
!= m
->count
)
1416 unsigned int p_flags1
= PF_R
;
1418 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
1420 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
1423 if ((elf_section_flags (m
->sections
[j
]) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1424 p_flags1
|= PF_PPC_VLE
;
1425 if (((p_flags1
^ p_flags
) & PF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1428 p_flags
|= p_flags1
;
1430 /* If we're splitting a segment which originally contained rw
1431 sections then those sections might now only be in one of the
1432 two parts. So always set p_flags if splitting, even if we
1433 are being called for objcopy with p_flags_valid set. */
1434 if (j
!= m
->count
|| !m
->p_flags_valid
)
1436 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
1437 m
->p_flags
= p_flags
;
1442 /* Sections 0..j-1 stay in this (current) segment,
1443 the remainder are put in a new segment.
1444 The scan resumes with the new segment. */
1446 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
1447 amt
+= (m
->count
- j
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
1448 n
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
1452 n
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
1453 n
->count
= m
->count
- j
;
1454 for (k
= 0; k
< n
->count
; ++k
)
1455 n
->sections
[k
] = m
->sections
[j
+ k
];
1457 m
->p_size_valid
= 0;
1465 /* Add extra PPC sections -- Note, for now, make .sbss2 and
1466 .PPC.EMB.sbss0 a normal section, and not a bss section so
1467 that the linker doesn't crater when trying to make more than
1470 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_elf_special_sections
[] =
1472 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
1473 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1474 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1475 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1476 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1477 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tags"), 0, SHT_ORDERED
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1478 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
), 0, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
1479 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sbss0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1480 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sdata0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1481 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1484 /* This is what we want for new plt/got. */
1485 static struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_alt_plt
=
1486 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
};
1488 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
1489 ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
1491 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
1493 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
1494 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
1497 ssect
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, ppc_elf_special_sections
,
1501 if (ssect
== ppc_elf_special_sections
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
1502 ssect
= &ppc_alt_plt
;
1506 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
1509 /* Very simple linked list structure for recording apuinfo values. */
1510 typedef struct apuinfo_list
1512 struct apuinfo_list
*next
;
1513 unsigned long value
;
1517 static apuinfo_list
*head
;
1518 static bfd_boolean apuinfo_set
;
1521 apuinfo_list_init (void)
1524 apuinfo_set
= FALSE
;
1528 apuinfo_list_add (unsigned long value
)
1530 apuinfo_list
*entry
= head
;
1532 while (entry
!= NULL
)
1534 if (entry
->value
== value
)
1536 entry
= entry
->next
;
1539 entry
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (* entry
));
1543 entry
->value
= value
;
1549 apuinfo_list_length (void)
1551 apuinfo_list
*entry
;
1552 unsigned long count
;
1554 for (entry
= head
, count
= 0;
1556 entry
= entry
->next
)
1562 static inline unsigned long
1563 apuinfo_list_element (unsigned long number
)
1565 apuinfo_list
* entry
;
1569 entry
= entry
->next
)
1572 return entry
? entry
->value
: 0;
1576 apuinfo_list_finish (void)
1578 apuinfo_list
*entry
;
1580 for (entry
= head
; entry
;)
1582 apuinfo_list
*next
= entry
->next
;
1590 /* Scan the input BFDs and create a linked list of
1591 the APUinfo values that will need to be emitted. */
1594 ppc_elf_begin_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
1598 char *buffer
= NULL
;
1599 bfd_size_type largest_input_size
= 0;
1601 unsigned long length
;
1602 const char *error_message
= NULL
;
1604 if (link_info
== NULL
)
1607 apuinfo_list_init ();
1609 /* Read in the input sections contents. */
1610 for (ibfd
= link_info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
1612 unsigned long datum
;
1614 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1618 /* xgettext:c-format */
1619 error_message
= _("corrupt %s section in %pB");
1620 length
= asec
->size
;
1625 if (largest_input_size
< asec
->size
)
1629 largest_input_size
= asec
->size
;
1630 buffer
= bfd_malloc (largest_input_size
);
1635 if (bfd_seek (ibfd
, asec
->filepos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
1636 || (bfd_bread (buffer
, length
, ibfd
) != length
))
1638 /* xgettext:c-format */
1639 error_message
= _("unable to read in %s section from %pB");
1643 /* Verify the contents of the header. Note - we have to
1644 extract the values this way in order to allow for a
1645 host whose endian-ness is different from the target. */
1646 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
);
1647 if (datum
!= sizeof APUINFO_LABEL
)
1650 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 8);
1654 if (strcmp (buffer
+ 12, APUINFO_LABEL
) != 0)
1657 /* Get the number of bytes used for apuinfo entries. */
1658 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 4);
1659 if (datum
+ 20 != length
)
1662 /* Scan the apuinfo section, building a list of apuinfo numbers. */
1663 for (i
= 0; i
< datum
; i
+= 4)
1664 apuinfo_list_add (bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 20 + i
));
1667 error_message
= NULL
;
1671 /* Compute the size of the output section. */
1672 unsigned num_entries
= apuinfo_list_length ();
1674 /* Set the output section size, if it exists. */
1675 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1677 if (asec
&& !bfd_set_section_size (asec
, 20 + num_entries
* 4))
1680 /* xgettext:c-format */
1681 error_message
= _("warning: unable to set size of %s section in %pB");
1690 _bfd_error_handler (error_message
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
, ibfd
);
1693 /* Prevent the output section from accumulating the input sections'
1694 contents. We have already stored this in our linked list structure. */
1697 ppc_elf_write_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1698 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1700 bfd_byte
*contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1702 return apuinfo_set
&& strcmp (asec
->name
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
) == 0;
1705 /* Finally we can generate the output section. */
1708 ppc_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
1713 unsigned num_entries
;
1714 bfd_size_type length
;
1716 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1723 length
= asec
->size
;
1727 buffer
= bfd_malloc (length
);
1731 (_("failed to allocate space for new APUinfo section"));
1735 /* Create the apuinfo header. */
1736 num_entries
= apuinfo_list_length ();
1737 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, sizeof APUINFO_LABEL
, buffer
);
1738 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, num_entries
* 4, buffer
+ 4);
1739 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, 0x2, buffer
+ 8);
1740 strcpy ((char *) buffer
+ 12, APUINFO_LABEL
);
1743 for (i
= 0; i
< num_entries
; i
++)
1745 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, apuinfo_list_element (i
), buffer
+ length
);
1749 if (length
!= asec
->size
)
1750 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to compute new APUinfo section"));
1752 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, asec
, buffer
, (file_ptr
) 0, length
))
1753 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to install new APUinfo section"));
1757 apuinfo_list_finish ();
1761 ppc_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
1763 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd
);
1764 return _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (abfd
);
1768 is_nonpic_glink_stub (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*glink
, bfd_vma off
)
1770 bfd_byte buf
[4 * 4];
1772 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
, off
, sizeof buf
))
1775 return ((bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 0) & 0xffff0000) == LIS_11
1776 && (bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 4) & 0xffff0000) == LWZ_11_11
1777 && bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 8) == MTCTR_11
1778 && bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 12) == BCTR
);
1782 section_covers_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*section
, void *ptr
)
1784 bfd_vma vma
= *(bfd_vma
*) ptr
;
1785 return ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1786 && section
->vma
<= vma
1787 && vma
< section
->vma
+ section
->size
);
1791 ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, long symcount
, asymbol
**syms
,
1792 long dynsymcount
, asymbol
**dynsyms
,
1795 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
1796 asection
*plt
, *relplt
, *dynamic
, *glink
;
1797 bfd_vma glink_vma
= 0;
1798 bfd_vma resolv_vma
= 0;
1802 long count
, i
, stub_delta
;
1809 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
1812 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
1815 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
1819 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
1823 /* Call common code to handle old-style executable PLTs. */
1824 if (elf_section_flags (plt
) & SHF_EXECINSTR
)
1825 return _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (abfd
, symcount
, syms
,
1826 dynsymcount
, dynsyms
, ret
);
1828 /* If this object was prelinked, the prelinker stored the address
1829 of .glink at got[1]. If it wasn't prelinked, got[1] will be zero. */
1830 dynamic
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1831 if (dynamic
!= NULL
)
1833 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
, *extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1835 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1837 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, dynamic
, &dynbuf
))
1840 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1841 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1844 extdynend
= extdyn
+ dynamic
->size
;
1845 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1847 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1848 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1850 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1853 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_PPC_GOT
)
1855 unsigned int g_o_t
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1856 asection
*got
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got");
1858 && bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, got
, buf
,
1859 g_o_t
- got
->vma
+ 4, 4))
1860 glink_vma
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1867 /* Otherwise we read the first plt entry. */
1870 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, plt
, buf
, 0, 4))
1871 glink_vma
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1877 /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final
1878 link; search for the section (usually .text) where the
1879 glink stubs now reside. */
1880 glink
= bfd_sections_find_if (abfd
, section_covers_vma
, &glink_vma
);
1884 /* Determine glink PLT resolver by reading the relative branch
1885 from the first glink stub. */
1886 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
,
1887 glink_vma
- glink
->vma
, 4))
1889 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1891 /* The first glink stub may either branch to the resolver ... */
1893 if ((insn
& ~0x3fffffc) == 0)
1894 resolv_vma
= glink_vma
+ (insn
^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000;
1896 /* ... or fall through a bunch of NOPs. */
1897 else if ((insn
^ B
^ NOP
) == 0)
1899 bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
,
1900 glink_vma
- glink
->vma
+ i
, 4);
1902 if (bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
) != NOP
)
1904 resolv_vma
= glink_vma
+ i
;
1909 count
= relplt
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
1910 /* If the stubs are those for -shared/-pie then we might have
1911 multiple stubs for each plt entry. If that is the case then
1912 there is no way to associate stubs with their plt entries short
1913 of figuring out the GOT pointer value used in the stub.
1914 The offsets tested here need to cover all possible values of
1915 GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE for other than __tls_get_addr_opt. */
1916 stub_off
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1917 for (stub_delta
= 16; stub_delta
<= 32; stub_delta
+= 8)
1918 if (is_nonpic_glink_stub (abfd
, glink
, stub_off
- stub_delta
))
1920 if (stub_delta
> 32)
1923 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
1924 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
1927 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
1928 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
1929 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
++)
1931 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
1933 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
1936 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof ("__glink");
1939 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
1941 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
1945 stub_off
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1946 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
+ 1 + (resolv_vma
!= 0));
1947 p
= relplt
->relocation
+ count
- 1;
1948 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1952 stub_off
-= stub_delta
;
1953 if (strcmp ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, "__tls_get_addr_opt") == 0)
1955 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
1956 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
1957 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
1958 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
1959 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
1960 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
1962 s
->value
= stub_off
;
1965 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
1966 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
1970 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
1971 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
1972 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, names
, p
->addend
);
1973 names
+= strlen (names
);
1975 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
1976 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
1981 /* Add a symbol at the start of the glink branch table. */
1982 memset (s
, 0, sizeof *s
);
1984 s
->flags
= BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
1986 s
->value
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1988 memcpy (names
, "__glink", sizeof ("__glink"));
1989 names
+= sizeof ("__glink");
1995 /* Add a symbol for the glink PLT resolver. */
1996 memset (s
, 0, sizeof *s
);
1998 s
->flags
= BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2000 s
->value
= resolv_vma
- glink
->vma
;
2002 memcpy (names
, "__glink_PLTresolve", sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"));
2003 names
+= sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2011 /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while
2012 functions above are used generally. They appear in this file more
2013 or less in the order in which they are called. eg.
2014 ppc_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process,
2015 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions
2018 /* Track PLT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more
2019 than one glink entry per symbol when generating a pic binary. */
2022 struct plt_entry
*next
;
2024 /* -fPIC uses multiple GOT sections, one per file, called ".got2".
2025 This field stores the offset into .got2 used to initialise the
2026 GOT pointer reg. It will always be at least 32768. (Current
2027 gcc always uses an offset of 32768, but ld -r will pack .got2
2028 sections together resulting in larger offsets). */
2031 /* The .got2 section. */
2034 /* PLT refcount or offset. */
2037 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
2041 /* .glink stub offset. */
2042 bfd_vma glink_offset
;
2045 /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this
2046 function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared
2047 library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */
2050 must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2051 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2056 /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load
2057 address isn't fixed. DTPREL32 is excluded because the
2058 dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from
2059 local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC_OPT_TLS is set. */
2064 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
2065 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
2071 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
2072 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
2073 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
2074 /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the
2075 linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */
2076 return bfd_link_dll (info
);
2080 /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
2081 copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss
2082 section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
2084 #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
2086 /* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols. */
2087 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
2089 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*next
;
2091 /* The input section of the reloc. */
2094 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
2095 unsigned int count
: 31;
2097 /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
2098 unsigned int ifunc
: 1;
2101 /* PPC ELF linker hash entry. */
2103 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
2105 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf
;
2107 /* If this symbol is used in the linker created sections, the processor
2108 specific backend uses this field to map the field into the offset
2109 from the beginning of the section. */
2110 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_pointer
;
2112 /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol. */
2113 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*dyn_relocs
;
2115 /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT.
2116 Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are
2117 encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any
2118 of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when
2119 optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not
2120 needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also
2121 set TLS_GDIE when a GD reloc turns into an IE one.
2122 These flags are also kept for local symbols. */
2123 #define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */
2124 #define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */
2125 #define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */
2126 #define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */
2127 #define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */
2128 #define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */
2129 #define TLS_GDIE 64 /* GOT TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */
2130 unsigned char tls_mask
;
2132 /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which
2133 case TLS_TLS will be 0. */
2134 #define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
2135 #define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */
2136 #define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */
2138 /* Nonzero if we have seen a small data relocation referring to this
2140 unsigned char has_sda_refs
: 1;
2142 /* Flag use of given relocations. */
2143 unsigned char has_addr16_ha
: 1;
2144 unsigned char has_addr16_lo
: 1;
2147 #define ppc_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) (ent))
2149 /* PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2151 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
2153 struct elf_link_hash_table elf
;
2155 /* Various options passed from the linker. */
2156 struct ppc_elf_params
*params
;
2158 /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
2162 elf_linker_section_t sdata
[2];
2164 asection
*glink_eh_frame
;
2166 asection
*relpltlocal
;
2168 /* The (unloaded but important) .rela.plt.unloaded on VxWorks. */
2171 /* Shortcut to __tls_get_addr. */
2172 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tls_get_addr
;
2174 /* The bfd that forced an old-style PLT. */
2177 /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. */
2179 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
2183 /* Offset of branch table to PltResolve function in glink. */
2184 bfd_vma glink_pltresolve
;
2186 /* Size of reserved GOT entries. */
2187 unsigned int got_header_size
;
2188 /* Non-zero if allocating the header left a gap. */
2189 unsigned int got_gap
;
2191 /* The type of PLT we have chosen to use. */
2192 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type
;
2194 /* True if the target system is VxWorks. */
2195 unsigned int is_vxworks
:1;
2197 /* Whether there exist local gnu indirect function resolvers,
2198 referenced by dynamic relocations. */
2199 unsigned int local_ifunc_resolver
:1;
2200 unsigned int maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
:1;
2202 /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */
2203 unsigned int do_tls_opt
:1;
2205 /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */
2206 unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt
:1;
2208 /* The size of PLT entries. */
2210 /* The distance between adjacent PLT slots. */
2212 /* The size of the first PLT entry. */
2213 int plt_initial_entry_size
;
2215 /* Small local sym cache. */
2216 struct sym_cache sym_cache
;
2219 /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
2220 are used for ppc32. The flags are only valid for ppc32 elf objects. */
2222 /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */
2223 #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0
2225 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr. */
2226 #define has_tls_get_addr_call sec_flg1
2228 /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */
2229 #define has_pltcall sec_flg2
2231 /* Get the PPC ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
2233 #define ppc_elf_hash_table(p) \
2234 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
2235 == PPC32_ELF_DATA ? ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
2237 /* Create an entry in a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2239 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
2240 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
2241 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
2244 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
2248 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
,
2249 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
));
2254 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
2255 entry
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
2258 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->linker_section_pointer
= NULL
;
2259 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
2260 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->tls_mask
= 0;
2261 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->has_sda_refs
= 0;
2267 /* Create a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2269 static struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
2270 ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
2272 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
2273 static struct ppc_elf_params default_params
2274 = { PLT_OLD
, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 12, 0, 0, 0 };
2276 ret
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
));
2280 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->elf
, abfd
,
2281 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
2282 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
),
2289 ret
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= 0;
2290 ret
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.glist
= NULL
;
2291 ret
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.offset
= 0;
2292 ret
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.glist
= NULL
;
2294 ret
->params
= &default_params
;
2296 ret
->sdata
[0].name
= ".sdata";
2297 ret
->sdata
[0].sym_name
= "_SDA_BASE_";
2298 ret
->sdata
[0].bss_name
= ".sbss";
2300 ret
->sdata
[1].name
= ".sdata2";
2301 ret
->sdata
[1].sym_name
= "_SDA2_BASE_";
2302 ret
->sdata
[1].bss_name
= ".sbss2";
2304 ret
->plt_entry_size
= 12;
2305 ret
->plt_slot_size
= 8;
2306 ret
->plt_initial_entry_size
= 72;
2308 return &ret
->elf
.root
;
2311 /* Hook linker params into hash table. */
2314 ppc_elf_link_params (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct ppc_elf_params
*params
)
2316 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2319 htab
->params
= params
;
2320 params
->pagesize_p2
= bfd_log2 (params
->pagesize
);
2323 /* Create .got and the related sections. */
2326 ppc_elf_create_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2328 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2330 if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
2333 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2334 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
2336 /* The powerpc .got has a blrl instruction in it. Mark it
2338 flagword flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2339 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2340 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.sgot
, flags
))
2347 /* Create a special linker section, used for R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16 and
2348 R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16 pointers. These sections become part of .sdata
2349 and .sdata2. Create _SDA_BASE_ and _SDA2_BASE too. */
2352 ppc_elf_create_linker_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2353 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2355 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
2359 flags
|= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
2360 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2362 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, lsect
->name
, flags
);
2367 /* Define the sym on the first section of this name. */
2368 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, lsect
->name
);
2370 lsect
->sym
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
, lsect
->sym_name
);
2371 if (lsect
->sym
== NULL
)
2373 lsect
->sym
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0x8000;
2378 ppc_elf_create_glink (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2380 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2385 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2386 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2387 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".glink", flags
);
2389 p2align
= htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? 6 : 4;
2390 if (p2align
< htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
)
2391 p2align
= htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
2393 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, p2align
))
2396 if (!info
->no_ld_generated_unwind_info
)
2398 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2399 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2400 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".eh_frame", flags
);
2401 htab
->glink_eh_frame
= s
;
2403 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 2))
2407 flags
= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2408 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".iplt", flags
);
2411 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 4))
2414 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2415 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2416 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.iplt", flags
);
2417 htab
->elf
.irelplt
= s
;
2419 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 2))
2422 /* Local plt entries. */
2423 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
2424 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2425 htab
->pltlocal
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".branch_lt",
2427 if (htab
->pltlocal
== NULL
2428 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->pltlocal
, 2))
2431 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
2433 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
2434 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2436 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.branch_lt", flags
);
2437 if (htab
->relpltlocal
== NULL
2438 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->relpltlocal
, 2))
2442 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd
, info
, 0,
2446 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd
, info
, SEC_READONLY
,
2453 /* We have to create .dynsbss and .rela.sbss here so that they get mapped
2454 to output sections (just like _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections has
2455 to create .dynbss and .rela.bss). */
2458 ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2460 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2464 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2466 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
2467 && !ppc_elf_create_got (abfd
, info
))
2470 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
2473 if (htab
->glink
== NULL
2474 && !ppc_elf_create_glink (abfd
, info
))
2477 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynsbss",
2478 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2483 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
2485 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2486 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2487 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.sbss", flags
);
2490 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 2))
2494 if (htab
->is_vxworks
2495 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
2499 flags
= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2500 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
2501 /* The VxWorks PLT is a loaded section with contents. */
2502 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
;
2503 return bfd_set_section_flags (s
, flags
);
2506 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
2509 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2510 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
2511 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
2513 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*edir
, *eind
;
2515 edir
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
2516 eind
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
2518 edir
->tls_mask
|= eind
->tls_mask
;
2519 edir
->has_sda_refs
|= eind
->has_sda_refs
;
2521 if (edir
->elf
.versioned
!= versioned_hidden
)
2522 edir
->elf
.ref_dynamic
|= eind
->elf
.ref_dynamic
;
2523 edir
->elf
.ref_regular
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular
;
2524 edir
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
2525 edir
->elf
.non_got_ref
|= eind
->elf
.non_got_ref
;
2526 edir
->elf
.needs_plt
|= eind
->elf
.needs_plt
;
2527 edir
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
|= eind
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
;
2529 /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, that's all. */
2530 if (eind
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2533 if (eind
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
2535 if (edir
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
2537 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
2538 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
2540 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
2541 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
2542 for (pp
= &eind
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
2544 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*q
;
2546 for (q
= edir
->dyn_relocs
; q
!= NULL
; q
= q
->next
)
2547 if (q
->sec
== p
->sec
)
2549 q
->pc_count
+= p
->pc_count
;
2550 q
->count
+= p
->count
;
2557 *pp
= edir
->dyn_relocs
;
2560 edir
->dyn_relocs
= eind
->dyn_relocs
;
2561 eind
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
2564 /* Copy over the GOT refcount entries that we may have already seen to
2565 the symbol which just became indirect. */
2566 edir
->elf
.got
.refcount
+= eind
->elf
.got
.refcount
;
2567 eind
->elf
.got
.refcount
= 0;
2569 /* And plt entries. */
2570 if (eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
2572 if (edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
2574 struct plt_entry
**entp
;
2575 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2577 for (entp
= &eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
; (ent
= *entp
) != NULL
; )
2579 struct plt_entry
*dent
;
2581 for (dent
= edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
; dent
!= NULL
; dent
= dent
->next
)
2582 if (dent
->sec
== ent
->sec
&& dent
->addend
== ent
->addend
)
2584 dent
->plt
.refcount
+= ent
->plt
.refcount
;
2591 *entp
= edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
2594 edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
= eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
2595 eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
= NULL
;
2598 if (eind
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
2600 if (edir
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
2601 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
2602 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
);
2603 edir
->elf
.dynindx
= eind
->elf
.dynindx
;
2604 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
= eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
;
2605 eind
->elf
.dynindx
= -1;
2606 eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
= 0;
2610 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
2611 file. We use it to put .comm items in .sbss, and not .bss. */
2614 ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
,
2615 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2616 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
2617 const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2618 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2622 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
2623 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
2624 && is_ppc_elf (info
->output_bfd
)
2625 && sym
->st_size
<= elf_gp_size (abfd
))
2627 /* Common symbols less than or equal to -G nn bytes are automatically
2629 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2631 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2632 if (htab
->sbss
== NULL
)
2634 flagword flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2636 if (!htab
->elf
.dynobj
)
2637 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2639 htab
->sbss
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (htab
->elf
.dynobj
,
2642 if (htab
->sbss
== NULL
)
2647 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
2653 /* Find a linker generated pointer with a given addend and type. */
2655 static elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*
2656 elf_find_pointer_linker_section
2657 (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_pointers
,
2659 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
2661 for ( ; linker_pointers
!= NULL
; linker_pointers
= linker_pointers
->next
)
2662 if (lsect
== linker_pointers
->lsect
&& addend
== linker_pointers
->addend
)
2663 return linker_pointers
;
2668 /* Allocate a pointer to live in a linker created section. */
2671 elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2672 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
,
2673 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2674 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
2676 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**ptr_linker_section_ptr
= NULL
;
2677 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_ptr
;
2678 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
2681 BFD_ASSERT (lsect
!= NULL
);
2683 /* Is this a global symbol? */
2686 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
2688 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2689 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2690 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (eh
->linker_section_pointer
,
2695 ptr_linker_section_ptr
= &eh
->linker_section_pointer
;
2699 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd
));
2701 /* Allocation of a pointer to a local symbol. */
2702 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**ptr
= elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd
);
2704 /* Allocate a table to hold the local symbols if first time. */
2707 unsigned int num_symbols
= elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
).sh_info
;
2710 amt
*= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*);
2711 ptr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2716 elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd
) = ptr
;
2719 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2720 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (ptr
[r_symndx
],
2725 ptr_linker_section_ptr
= &ptr
[r_symndx
];
2728 /* Allocate space for a pointer in the linker section, and allocate
2729 a new pointer record from internal memory. */
2730 BFD_ASSERT (ptr_linker_section_ptr
!= NULL
);
2731 amt
= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
);
2732 linker_section_ptr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2734 if (!linker_section_ptr
)
2737 linker_section_ptr
->next
= *ptr_linker_section_ptr
;
2738 linker_section_ptr
->addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
2739 linker_section_ptr
->lsect
= lsect
;
2740 *ptr_linker_section_ptr
= linker_section_ptr
;
2742 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (lsect
->section
, 2))
2744 linker_section_ptr
->offset
= lsect
->section
->size
;
2745 lsect
->section
->size
+= 4;
2749 "Create pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld, section size = %ld\n",
2750 lsect
->name
, (long) linker_section_ptr
->offset
,
2751 (long) lsect
->section
->size
);
2757 static struct plt_entry
**
2758 update_local_sym_info (bfd
*abfd
,
2759 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
2760 unsigned long r_symndx
,
2763 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
2764 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
2765 unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks
;
2767 if (local_got_refcounts
== NULL
)
2769 bfd_size_type size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
2771 size
*= (sizeof (*local_got_refcounts
)
2772 + sizeof (*local_plt
)
2773 + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks
));
2774 local_got_refcounts
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, size
);
2775 if (local_got_refcounts
== NULL
)
2777 elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
) = local_got_refcounts
;
2780 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_refcounts
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
2781 local_got_tls_masks
= (unsigned char *) (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
2782 local_got_tls_masks
[r_symndx
] |= tls_type
& 0xff;
2783 if ((tls_type
& NON_GOT
) == 0)
2784 local_got_refcounts
[r_symndx
] += 1;
2785 return local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
2789 update_plt_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct plt_entry
**plist
,
2790 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addend
)
2792 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2796 for (ent
= *plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
2797 if (ent
->sec
== sec
&& ent
->addend
== addend
)
2801 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
2802 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2807 ent
->addend
= addend
;
2808 ent
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
2811 ent
->plt
.refcount
+= 1;
2815 static struct plt_entry
*
2816 find_plt_ent (struct plt_entry
**plist
, asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addend
)
2818 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2822 for (ent
= *plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
2823 if (ent
->sec
== sec
&& ent
->addend
== addend
)
2829 is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2831 return (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
2832 || r_type
== R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
2833 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL24
2834 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14
2835 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
2836 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
2837 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR24
2838 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14
2839 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
2840 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
2841 || r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_REL24
);
2844 /* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */
2847 is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2849 return (r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
2850 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2851 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2852 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLTSEQ
);
2856 bad_shared_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2859 /* xgettext:c-format */
2860 (_("%pB: relocation %s cannot be used when making a shared object"),
2862 ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
2863 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2866 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
2867 allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage
2871 ppc_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
2872 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2874 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
2876 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2877 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2878 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
2879 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
2880 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
2881 asection
*got2
, *sreloc
;
2882 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tga
;
2884 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
2887 /* Don't do anything special with non-loaded, non-alloced sections.
2888 In particular, any relocs in such sections should not affect GOT
2889 and PLT reference counting (ie. we don't allow them to create GOT
2890 or PLT entries), there's no possibility or desire to optimize TLS
2891 relocs, and there's not much point in propagating relocs to shared
2892 libs that the dynamic linker won't relocate. */
2893 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
2897 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_check_relocs called for section %pA in %pB",
2901 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd
));
2903 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
2904 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
2905 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
2907 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2908 if (htab
->glink
== NULL
)
2910 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
2911 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2912 if (!ppc_elf_create_glink (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
2915 tga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
2916 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
2917 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
2918 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
2919 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got2");
2922 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
2923 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; rel
++)
2925 unsigned long r_symndx
;
2926 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
2927 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2929 struct plt_entry
**ifunc
;
2930 struct plt_entry
**pltent
;
2933 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
2934 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
2938 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
2939 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2940 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2941 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2944 /* If a relocation refers to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, create the .got.
2945 This shows up in particular in an R_PPC_ADDR32 in the eabi
2948 && htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
2949 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
2951 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
2952 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2953 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
2955 BFD_ASSERT (h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
);
2959 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
2961 if (h
== NULL
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
)
2963 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
2968 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
2970 /* Set PLT_IFUNC flag for this sym, no GOT entry yet. */
2971 ifunc
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
2972 NON_GOT
| PLT_IFUNC
);
2976 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols must have a PLT entry;
2977 In a non-pie executable even when there are
2979 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
2980 || is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
2981 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2982 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2983 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
)
2986 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
2987 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->makes_plt_call
= 1;
2988 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
2989 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
2990 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2991 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2992 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
2993 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
2994 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, ifunc
, got2
, addend
))
3000 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
3001 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
3006 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_TLSGD
3007 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_TLSLD
))
3008 /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a marker
3012 /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */
3013 sec
->has_tls_get_addr_call
= 1;
3020 /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with
3021 its parameter symbol. */
3023 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
;
3025 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
3026 NON_GOT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
3033 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
3034 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
3035 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
3036 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
3037 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
3040 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
3041 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
3042 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
3043 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
3044 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
3047 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
3048 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
3049 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
3050 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
3051 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
3052 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
3053 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
3056 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
3057 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
3058 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
3059 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
3060 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
3062 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
3065 /* GOT16 relocations */
3067 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
3068 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI
:
3069 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
3070 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
3071 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
)
3073 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
3074 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
3075 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
3080 h
->got
.refcount
+= 1;
3081 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= tls_type
;
3084 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
3085 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
, tls_type
))
3088 /* We may also need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3090 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3092 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3097 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
3098 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
:
3099 htab
->sdata
[0].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3100 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0],
3105 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3106 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3110 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
3111 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
:
3112 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
3114 bad_shared_reloc (abfd
, r_type
);
3117 htab
->sdata
[1].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3118 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1],
3123 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3124 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3128 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
3129 htab
->sdata
[0].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3132 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
3133 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
3134 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
3135 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
3136 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
3137 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
3140 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3141 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3145 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8
:
3146 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15
:
3147 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24
:
3148 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
:
3149 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
:
3150 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
:
3151 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
:
3152 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
:
3153 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
:
3154 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
:
3157 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
:
3158 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
3160 bad_shared_reloc (abfd
, r_type
);
3163 htab
->sdata
[1].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3166 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3167 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3171 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
:
3172 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
:
3173 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
:
3174 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
:
3177 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3178 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3182 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
:
3183 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
:
3184 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
:
3185 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
:
3186 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
3188 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3191 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
3194 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->makes_plt_call
= 1;
3198 sec
->has_pltcall
= 1;
3202 case R_PPC_PLTREL32
:
3203 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
3204 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI
:
3205 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
3208 fprintf (stderr
, "Reloc requires a PLT entry\n");
3210 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */
3213 pltent
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
3214 NON_GOT
| PLT_KEEP
);
3220 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
3221 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= PLT_KEEP
;
3223 pltent
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
3226 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3227 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
3228 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
3229 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
3230 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
3231 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
3232 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, pltent
, got2
, addend
))
3236 /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the
3237 relocation if linking a shared object since they are
3238 section relative. */
3240 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
3241 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
:
3242 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
3243 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
3244 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
3245 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
:
3246 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
3251 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
3252 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
3253 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
3254 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
3255 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_rel16
= 1;
3258 /* These are just markers. */
3260 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
:
3264 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
:
3265 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
:
3269 /* These should only appear in dynamic objects. */
3271 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
:
3272 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
3273 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
3274 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE
:
3277 /* These aren't handled yet. We'll report an error later. */
3279 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
:
3280 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
:
3281 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
:
3282 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
3283 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
:
3286 /* This refers only to functions defined in the shared library. */
3287 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
3288 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
&& htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3290 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3291 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3293 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
3296 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3301 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
3302 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
3303 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
3304 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
3308 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
3309 used. Record for later use during GC. */
3310 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
3311 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_addend
))
3315 /* We shouldn't really be seeing TPREL32. */
3318 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
3319 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
3320 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
3321 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
3322 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
3326 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32
:
3327 case R_PPC_DTPREL32
:
3333 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
3334 && bfd_link_pic (info
)
3335 && htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3337 /* Old -fPIC gcc code has .long LCTOC1-LCFx just before
3338 the start of a function, which assembles to a REL32
3339 reference to .got2. If we detect one of these, then
3340 force the old PLT layout because the linker cannot
3341 reliably deduce the GOT pointer value needed for
3344 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3346 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
3351 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
3354 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3355 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3358 if (h
== NULL
|| h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
3364 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
3365 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
:
3366 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
3369 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3371 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3372 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3373 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3376 /* We may need a copy reloc too. */
3378 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
3379 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
)
3380 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
= 1;
3381 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
)
3382 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
= 1;
3388 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
3389 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
3392 if (h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
3394 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3396 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3397 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3405 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
3406 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
3407 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3409 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3410 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3412 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3418 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
3419 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
3420 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
3421 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
3422 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
3423 global symbol which is defined in an object we are
3424 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
3425 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
3426 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
3427 later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition,
3428 DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in
3429 a shared library. We account for that possibility below by
3430 storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the hash
3431 table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating
3432 shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the
3435 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
3436 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
3437 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
3439 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
)
3440 && (must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
)
3442 && (!SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
)
3443 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
3444 || !h
->def_regular
))))
3445 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
3446 && !bfd_link_pic (info
)
3448 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
3449 || !h
->def_regular
)))
3453 "ppc_elf_check_relocs needs to "
3454 "create relocation for %s\n",
3455 (h
&& h
->root
.root
.string
3456 ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "<unknown>"));
3460 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
3461 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
3463 sreloc
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
3464 (sec
, htab
->elf
.dynobj
, 2, abfd
, /*rela?*/ TRUE
);
3470 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
3471 relocations we need for this symbol. */
3474 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
3475 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**rel_head
;
3477 rel_head
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
;
3479 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
)
3481 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
3484 p
->next
= *rel_head
;
3491 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
3496 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
3497 We really need local syms available to do this
3499 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
3500 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**rel_head
;
3501 bfd_boolean is_ifunc
;
3504 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3506 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
3511 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
3515 vpp
= &elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
;
3516 rel_head
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**) vpp
;
3517 is_ifunc
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
3519 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
->sec
== sec
&& p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
3521 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
|| p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
3523 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
3526 p
->next
= *rel_head
;
3529 p
->ifunc
= is_ifunc
;
3543 /* Warn for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP attributes between IBFD
3544 and OBFD, and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3546 _bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3548 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3549 obj_attribute
*in_attr
, *in_attrs
;
3550 obj_attribute
*out_attr
, *out_attrs
;
3551 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
3553 in_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3554 out_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3556 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP
];
3557 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP
];
3559 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3561 int in_fp
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3562 int out_fp
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3563 static bfd
*last_fp
, *last_ld
;
3567 else if (out_fp
== 0)
3569 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3570 out_attr
->i
^= in_fp
;
3573 else if (out_fp
!= 2 && in_fp
== 2)
3576 /* xgettext:c-format */
3577 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3581 else if (out_fp
== 2 && in_fp
!= 2)
3584 /* xgettext:c-format */
3585 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3589 else if (out_fp
== 1 && in_fp
== 3)
3592 /* xgettext:c-format */
3593 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3594 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), last_fp
, ibfd
);
3597 else if (out_fp
== 3 && in_fp
== 1)
3600 /* xgettext:c-format */
3601 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3602 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), ibfd
, last_fp
);
3606 in_fp
= in_attr
->i
& 0xc;
3607 out_fp
= out_attr
->i
& 0xc;
3610 else if (out_fp
== 0)
3612 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3613 out_attr
->i
^= in_fp
;
3616 else if (out_fp
!= 2 * 4 && in_fp
== 2 * 4)
3619 /* xgettext:c-format */
3620 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3621 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), ibfd
, last_ld
);
3624 else if (in_fp
!= 2 * 4 && out_fp
== 2 * 4)
3627 /* xgettext:c-format */
3628 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3629 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), last_ld
, ibfd
);
3632 else if (out_fp
== 1 * 4 && in_fp
== 3 * 4)
3635 /* xgettext:c-format */
3636 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3637 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), last_ld
, ibfd
);
3640 else if (out_fp
== 3 * 4 && in_fp
== 1 * 4)
3643 /* xgettext:c-format */
3644 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3645 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), ibfd
, last_ld
);
3652 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3653 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3658 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Warn if
3659 there are conflicting attributes. */
3661 ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3664 obj_attribute
*in_attr
, *in_attrs
;
3665 obj_attribute
*out_attr
, *out_attrs
;
3668 if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd
, info
))
3671 obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3672 in_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3673 out_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3675 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector attributes and
3676 merge non-conflicting ones. */
3677 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector
];
3678 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector
];
3680 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3682 int in_vec
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3683 int out_vec
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3684 static bfd
*last_vec
;
3688 else if (out_vec
== 0)
3690 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3691 out_attr
->i
= in_vec
;
3694 /* For now, allow generic to transition to AltiVec or SPE
3695 without a warning. If GCC marked files with their stack
3696 alignment and used don't-care markings for files which are
3697 not affected by the vector ABI, we could warn about this
3699 else if (in_vec
== 1)
3701 else if (out_vec
== 1)
3703 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3704 out_attr
->i
= in_vec
;
3707 else if (out_vec
< in_vec
)
3710 /* xgettext:c-format */
3711 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3713 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3716 else if (out_vec
> in_vec
)
3719 /* xgettext:c-format */
3720 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3722 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3727 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return attributes
3728 and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3729 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return
];
3730 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return
];
3731 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3733 int in_struct
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3734 int out_struct
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3735 static bfd
*last_struct
;
3737 if (in_struct
== 0 || in_struct
== 3)
3739 else if (out_struct
== 0)
3741 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3742 out_attr
->i
= in_struct
;
3745 else if (out_struct
< in_struct
)
3748 /* xgettext:c-format */
3749 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3750 "%pB uses memory"), last_struct
, ibfd
);
3751 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3754 else if (out_struct
> in_struct
)
3757 /* xgettext:c-format */
3758 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3759 "%pB uses memory"), ibfd
, last_struct
);
3760 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3766 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3770 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
3771 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, info
);
3774 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
3775 object file when linking. */
3778 ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3780 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3785 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
) || !is_ppc_elf (obfd
))
3788 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
3789 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, info
))
3792 if (!ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd
, info
))
3795 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
3796 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
3797 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
3799 /* First call, no flags set. */
3800 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
3801 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= new_flags
;
3804 /* Compatible flags are ok. */
3805 else if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
3808 /* Incompatible flags. */
3811 /* Warn about -mrelocatable mismatch. Allow -mrelocatable-lib
3812 to be linked with either. */
3814 if ((new_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
) != 0
3815 && (old_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)) == 0)
3819 (_("%pB: compiled with -mrelocatable and linked with "
3820 "modules compiled normally"), ibfd
);
3822 else if ((new_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)) == 0
3823 && (old_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
) != 0)
3827 (_("%pB: compiled normally and linked with "
3828 "modules compiled with -mrelocatable"), ibfd
);
3831 /* The output is -mrelocatable-lib iff both the input files are. */
3832 if (! (new_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
))
3833 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
;
3835 /* The output is -mrelocatable iff it can't be -mrelocatable-lib,
3836 but each input file is either -mrelocatable or -mrelocatable-lib. */
3837 if (! (elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)
3838 && (new_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
))
3839 && (old_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
)))
3840 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
;
3842 /* Do not warn about eabi vs. V.4 mismatch, just or in the bit if
3843 any module uses it. */
3844 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= (new_flags
& EF_PPC_EMB
);
3846 new_flags
&= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_EMB
);
3847 old_flags
&= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_EMB
);
3849 /* Warn about any other mismatches. */
3850 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
3854 /* xgettext:c-format */
3855 (_("%pB: uses different e_flags (%#x) fields "
3856 "than previous modules (%#x)"),
3857 ibfd
, new_flags
, old_flags
);
3862 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3871 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (bfd
*input_bfd
,
3872 asection
*input_section
,
3873 unsigned long offset
,
3876 split16_format_type split16_format
,
3879 unsigned int insn
, opcode
;
3881 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, loc
);
3882 opcode
= insn
& E_OPCODE_MASK
;
3883 if (opcode
== E_OR2I_INSN
3884 || opcode
== E_AND2I_DOT_INSN
3885 || opcode
== E_OR2IS_INSN
3886 || opcode
== E_LIS_INSN
3887 || opcode
== E_AND2IS_DOT_INSN
)
3889 if (split16_format
!= split16a_type
)
3892 split16_format
= split16a_type
;
3895 /* xgettext:c-format */
3896 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16A style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3897 input_bfd
, input_section
, offset
, opcode
);
3900 else if (opcode
== E_ADD2I_DOT_INSN
3901 || opcode
== E_ADD2IS_INSN
3902 || opcode
== E_CMP16I_INSN
3903 || opcode
== E_MULL2I_INSN
3904 || opcode
== E_CMPL16I_INSN
3905 || opcode
== E_CMPH16I_INSN
3906 || opcode
== E_CMPHL16I_INSN
)
3908 if (split16_format
!= split16d_type
)
3911 split16_format
= split16d_type
;
3914 /* xgettext:c-format */
3915 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16D style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3916 input_bfd
, input_section
, offset
, opcode
);
3919 if (split16_format
== split16a_type
)
3921 insn
&= ~((0xf800 << 5) | 0x7ff);
3922 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 5;
3923 if ((insn
& E_LI_MASK
) == E_LI_INSN
)
3925 /* Hack for e_li. Extend sign. */
3926 insn
&= ~(0xf0000 >> 5);
3927 insn
|= (-(value
& 0x8000) & 0xf0000) >> 5;
3932 insn
&= ~((0xf800 << 10) | 0x7ff);
3933 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 10;
3935 insn
|= value
& 0x7ff;
3936 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, loc
);
3940 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (bfd
*output_bfd
, bfd_byte
*loc
, bfd_vma value
)
3944 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
);
3945 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
3946 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
3947 insn
|= (value
& 0xf0000) >> 5;
3948 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
3949 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 5;
3950 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
3951 insn
|= value
& 0x7ff;
3952 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, insn
, loc
);
3956 /* Choose which PLT scheme to use, and set .plt flags appropriately.
3957 Returns -1 on error, 0 for old PLT, 1 for new PLT. */
3959 ppc_elf_select_plt_layout (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
3960 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3962 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3965 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
3967 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3969 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3971 if (htab
->params
->plt_style
== PLT_OLD
)
3972 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3973 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3974 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
3975 && (h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "_mcount",
3976 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
)) != NULL
3977 && (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
3980 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
3981 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
)))
3983 /* Profiling of shared libs (and pies) is not supported with
3984 secure plt, because ppc32 does profiling before a
3985 function prologue and a secure plt pic call stubs needs
3986 r30 to be set up. */
3987 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3992 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type
= htab
->params
->plt_style
;
3994 /* Look through the reloc flags left by ppc_elf_check_relocs.
3995 Use the old style bss plt if a file makes plt calls
3996 without using the new relocs, and if ld isn't given
3997 --secure-plt and we never see REL16 relocs. */
3998 if (plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
4000 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4001 if (is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
4003 if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_rel16
)
4005 else if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->makes_plt_call
)
4008 htab
->old_bfd
= ibfd
;
4012 htab
->plt_type
= plt_type
;
4015 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
&& htab
->params
->plt_style
== PLT_NEW
)
4017 if (htab
->old_bfd
!= NULL
)
4018 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced due to %pB"), htab
->old_bfd
);
4020 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced by profiling"));
4023 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_VXWORKS
);
4025 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
4027 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
4028 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
4030 /* The new PLT is a loaded section. */
4031 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
4032 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.splt
, flags
))
4035 /* The new GOT is not executable. */
4036 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
4037 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.sgot
, flags
))
4042 /* Stop an unused .glink section from affecting .text alignment. */
4043 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
4044 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->glink
, 0))
4047 return htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
;
4050 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
4054 ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
4055 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4056 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
4057 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4058 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
4061 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
4063 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
4064 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
4068 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
4072 get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hp
,
4073 Elf_Internal_Sym
**symp
,
4075 unsigned char **tls_maskp
,
4076 Elf_Internal_Sym
**locsymsp
,
4077 unsigned long r_symndx
,
4080 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4082 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4084 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4085 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4087 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4088 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4089 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4090 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4098 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
4100 asection
*symsec
= NULL
;
4101 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4102 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4103 symsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4107 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
4108 *tls_maskp
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
;
4112 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
4113 Elf_Internal_Sym
*locsyms
= *locsymsp
;
4115 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4117 locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
4118 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4119 locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
,
4120 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
,
4121 0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
4122 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4124 *locsymsp
= locsyms
;
4126 sym
= locsyms
+ r_symndx
;
4134 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
4135 *symsecp
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, sym
->st_shndx
);
4137 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
4139 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
4140 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
4143 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
4144 if (local_got
!= NULL
)
4146 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
4147 (local_got
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4148 unsigned char *lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
4149 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4150 tls_mask
= &lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
4152 *tls_maskp
= tls_mask
;
4158 /* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally
4159 defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */
4162 ppc_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4164 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4167 bfd_vma low_vma
, high_vma
, limit
;
4169 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4173 /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is
4174 reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added
4175 between the call and its destination. */
4179 for (sec
= info
->output_bfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4180 if ((sec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
)) == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
))
4182 if (low_vma
> sec
->vma
)
4184 if (high_vma
< sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
)
4185 high_vma
= sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
;
4188 /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can
4189 convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol
4191 if (high_vma
- low_vma
< limit
)
4193 htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
= 1;
4197 /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct
4198 call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable
4199 the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that
4200 this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this
4201 will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a
4202 particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The
4203 difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the
4204 linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a
4205 particular R_PPC_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct
4206 call, for each of the R_PPC_PLTSEQ and R_PPC_PLT16* insns in
4207 the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs
4208 together except their symbol. */
4210 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4212 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4213 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
4215 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
4219 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4221 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4222 if (sec
->has_pltcall
4223 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
4225 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
4227 /* Read the relocations. */
4228 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
4230 if (relstart
== NULL
)
4233 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
4234 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; )
4236 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
4237 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4239 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4240 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
4241 unsigned char *tls_maskp
;
4243 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4244 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTCALL
)
4247 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4248 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, &tls_maskp
, &local_syms
,
4251 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4253 if (local_syms
!= NULL
4254 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
4259 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
4263 to
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4266 to
+= (rel
->r_addend
4267 + sym_sec
->output_offset
4268 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
4269 from
= (rel
->r_offset
4270 + sec
->output_offset
4271 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
4272 if (to
- from
+ limit
< 2 * limit
)
4273 *tls_maskp
&= ~PLT_KEEP
;
4276 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4280 if (local_syms
!= NULL
4281 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
4283 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
4286 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
4293 /* Set plt output section type, htab->tls_get_addr, and call the
4294 generic ELF tls_setup function. */
4297 ppc_elf_tls_setup (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4299 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4301 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4302 htab
->tls_get_addr
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
4303 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4304 if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
4305 htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
= TRUE
;
4307 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
)
4309 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*opt
, *tga
;
4310 opt
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr_opt",
4311 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4313 && (opt
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4314 || opt
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
4316 /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub,
4317 signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll
4318 be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then
4319 make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */
4320 tga
= htab
->tls_get_addr
;
4321 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
4323 && (tga
->type
== STT_FUNC
4325 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, tga
)
4326 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, tga
)))
4328 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4329 for (ent
= tga
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4330 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4334 tga
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
4335 tga
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt
->root
;
4336 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt
, tga
);
4338 if (opt
->dynindx
!= -1)
4340 /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */
4342 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
4344 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, opt
))
4347 htab
->tls_get_addr
= opt
;
4352 htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
= TRUE
;
4354 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
4355 && htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
4356 && htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
!= NULL
)
4358 elf_section_type (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
) = SHT_PROGBITS
;
4359 elf_section_flags (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
) = SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
;
4362 return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (obfd
, info
);
4365 /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching
4369 branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd
*ibfd
,
4370 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
4371 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
)
4373 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4374 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4375 unsigned int r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4377 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
&& is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
4379 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4380 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4382 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4383 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4384 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4385 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4392 /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization
4396 ppc_elf_tls_optimize (bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4397 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4401 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4404 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
4407 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4411 /* Make two passes through the relocs. First time check that tls
4412 relocs involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed
4413 followed by such a call. If they are not, don't do any tls
4414 optimization. On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to
4415 notify relocate_section that optimization can be done, and
4416 adjust got and plt refcounts. */
4417 for (pass
= 0; pass
< 2; ++pass
)
4418 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4420 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4421 asection
*got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".got2");
4423 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4424 if (sec
->has_tls_reloc
&& !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
4426 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
4427 int expecting_tls_get_addr
= 0;
4429 /* Read the relocations. */
4430 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
4432 if (relstart
== NULL
)
4435 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
4436 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
4438 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
4439 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4440 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
4441 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
4442 unsigned char tls_set
, tls_clear
;
4443 bfd_boolean is_local
;
4444 bfd_signed_vma
*got_count
;
4446 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4447 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4449 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4451 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4452 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4453 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4454 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4455 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4458 is_local
= SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
);
4459 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4460 /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4461 without marker relocs, then check that each
4462 __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc
4463 that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg
4464 setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup
4465 relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */
4467 && sec
->has_tls_get_addr_call
4469 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
4470 && !expecting_tls_get_addr
4471 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
4473 info
->callbacks
->minfo ("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, "
4474 "TLS optimization disabled\n",
4475 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
4476 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4481 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 0;
4484 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
4485 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
4486 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
4489 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
4490 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
4491 /* These relocs should never be against a symbol
4492 defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if
4493 that turns out to be the case. */
4502 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
4503 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
4504 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
4507 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
4508 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
4514 tls_set
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
;
4518 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
4519 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
4520 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
4521 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
4526 tls_clear
= TLS_TPREL
;
4534 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
4535 && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
4538 && ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) != R_PPC_PLTSEQ
)
4540 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
);
4541 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
[1].r_info
);
4542 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4544 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4546 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4547 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4548 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4549 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4550 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4553 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
4556 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4557 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
4558 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
,
4561 && ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4562 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
4568 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 2;
4579 if (!expecting_tls_get_addr
4580 || !sec
->has_tls_get_addr_call
)
4583 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
4584 && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd
, rel
+ 1,
4585 htab
->tls_get_addr
))
4588 /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We
4589 could just mark this symbol to exclude it
4590 from tls optimization but it's safer to skip
4591 the entire optimization. */
4592 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, "
4593 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
4594 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
4595 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4602 tls_mask
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
;
4603 got_count
= &h
->got
.refcount
;
4607 bfd_signed_vma
*lgot_refs
;
4608 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
4609 unsigned char *lgot_masks
;
4611 lgot_refs
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
4612 if (lgot_refs
== NULL
)
4614 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
4615 (lgot_refs
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4616 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
4617 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4618 tls_mask
= &lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
4619 got_count
= &lgot_refs
[r_symndx
];
4622 /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4623 without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't
4624 found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a
4625 marker for this symbol, then we either have a
4626 broken object file or an -mlongcall style
4627 indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker.
4628 Disable optimization in this case. */
4629 if ((tls_clear
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) != 0
4630 && !sec
->has_tls_get_addr_call
4631 && ((*tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
4632 != (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
)))
4635 if (expecting_tls_get_addr
)
4637 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4640 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
4641 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC_PLTREL24
4642 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC_PLTCALL
))
4643 addend
= rel
[1].r_addend
;
4644 ent
= find_plt_ent (&htab
->tls_get_addr
->plt
.plist
,
4646 if (ent
!= NULL
&& ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4647 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
4649 if (expecting_tls_get_addr
== 2)
4655 /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */
4660 *tls_mask
|= tls_set
;
4661 *tls_mask
&= ~tls_clear
;
4664 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4668 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 1;
4672 /* Find dynamic relocs for H that apply to read-only sections. */
4675 readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4677 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
4679 for (p
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4681 asection
*s
= p
->sec
->output_section
;
4683 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
4689 /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak
4690 aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after
4691 size_dynamic_sections. */
4694 alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4696 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
4699 if (readonly_dynrelocs (&eh
->elf
))
4701 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (eh
->elf
.u
.alias
);
4702 } while (eh
!= NULL
&& &eh
->elf
!= h
);
4707 /* Return whether H has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */
4710 pc_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4712 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
4714 for (p
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4715 if (p
->pc_count
!= 0)
4720 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
4721 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
4722 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
4723 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
4727 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4728 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4730 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4734 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol called for %s\n",
4735 h
->root
.root
.string
);
4738 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
4739 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4740 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.dynobj
!= NULL
4742 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4746 && !h
->def_regular
)));
4748 /* Deal with function syms. */
4749 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
4750 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4753 bfd_boolean local
= (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
4754 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
));
4755 /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a
4756 function symbol is local. */
4757 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
) && local
)
4758 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4760 /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that
4761 won't need a .plt entry. */
4762 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4763 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4764 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4767 || (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
4769 && (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
4770 || (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
4771 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)))
4773 /* A PLT entry is not required/allowed when:
4775 1. We are not using ld.so; because then the PLT entry
4776 can't be set up, so we can't use one. In this case,
4777 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol won't even be called.
4779 2. GC has rendered the entry unused.
4781 3. We know for certain that a call to this symbol
4782 will go to this object, or will remain undefined. */
4783 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4785 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
4789 /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section
4790 doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the
4791 executable on a plt call stub. A dynamic reloc can
4792 be used instead, giving better runtime performance.
4793 (Calls via that function pointer don't need to bounce
4794 through the plt call stub.) Similarly, use a dynamic
4795 reloc for a weak reference when possible, allowing the
4796 resolution of the symbol to be set at load time rather
4798 if ((h
->pointer_equality_needed
4800 && !h
->ref_regular_nonweak
4801 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
)))
4802 && !htab
->is_vxworks
4803 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
4804 && !readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
4806 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
4807 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol
4808 isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
4809 if (!h
->needs_plt
&& h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
4810 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4812 else if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
4813 /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the
4814 plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */
4815 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4817 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4818 /* Function symbols can't have copy relocs. */
4822 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4824 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
4825 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
4826 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
4827 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
4829 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
4830 BFD_ASSERT (def
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
4831 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= def
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4832 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= def
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4833 if (def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
4834 || def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
4835 || def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->dynsbss
)
4836 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4840 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
4841 is not a function. */
4843 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
4844 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
4845 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
4846 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
4847 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4849 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4853 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
4854 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
4855 if (!h
->non_got_ref
)
4857 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4861 /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in
4862 .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected
4863 definition for the variable. Editing to PIC, or text relocations
4864 are preferable to an incorrect program. */
4865 if (h
->protected_def
)
4867 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4868 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
4869 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
4870 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
== 0
4871 && info
->disable_target_specific_optimizations
<= 1)
4872 htab
->params
->pic_fixup
= 1;
4876 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */
4877 if (info
->nocopyreloc
)
4880 /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
4881 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc.
4882 We can't do this if there are any small data relocations. This
4883 doesn't work on VxWorks, where we can not have dynamic
4884 relocations (other than copy and jump slot relocations) in an
4886 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4887 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
4888 && !htab
->is_vxworks
4890 && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
4893 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
4894 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
4895 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
4896 object will contain position independent code, so all references
4897 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
4898 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
4899 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
4900 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
4901 same memory location for the variable.
4903 Of course, if the symbol is referenced using SDAREL relocs, we
4904 must instead allocate it in .sbss. */
4905 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
4907 else if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
4908 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
;
4910 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynbss
;
4911 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4913 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0 && h
->size
!= 0)
4917 /* We must generate a R_PPC_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic
4918 linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object
4919 and into the runtime process image. */
4920 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
4921 srel
= htab
->relsbss
;
4922 else if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
4923 srel
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
4925 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
4926 BFD_ASSERT (srel
!= NULL
);
4927 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
4931 /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */
4932 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4933 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info
, h
, s
);
4936 /* Generate a symbol to mark plt call stubs. For non-PIC code the sym is
4937 xxxxxxxx.plt_call32.<callee> where xxxxxxxx is a hex number, usually 0,
4938 specifying the addend on the plt relocation. For -fpic code, the sym
4939 is xxxxxxxx.plt_pic32.<callee>, and for -fPIC
4940 xxxxxxxx.got2.plt_pic32.<callee>. */
4943 add_stub_sym (struct plt_entry
*ent
,
4944 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4945 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4947 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sh
;
4948 size_t len1
, len2
, len3
;
4951 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4953 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4954 stub
= ".plt_pic32.";
4956 stub
= ".plt_call32.";
4958 len1
= strlen (h
->root
.root
.string
);
4959 len2
= strlen (stub
);
4962 len3
= strlen (ent
->sec
->name
);
4963 name
= bfd_malloc (len1
+ len2
+ len3
+ 9);
4966 sprintf (name
, "%08x", (unsigned) ent
->addend
& 0xffffffff);
4968 memcpy (name
+ 8, ent
->sec
->name
, len3
);
4969 memcpy (name
+ 8 + len3
, stub
, len2
);
4970 memcpy (name
+ 8 + len3
+ len2
, h
->root
.root
.string
, len1
+ 1);
4971 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4974 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
4976 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
4977 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
4978 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= ent
->glink_offset
;
4979 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
4980 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
4981 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
4982 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
4984 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
4989 /* Allocate NEED contiguous space in .got, and return the offset.
4990 Handles allocation of the got header when crossing 32k. */
4993 allocate_got (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
, unsigned int need
)
4996 unsigned int max_before_header
;
4998 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
5000 where
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5001 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= need
;
5005 max_before_header
= htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
? 32768 : 32764;
5006 if (need
<= htab
->got_gap
)
5008 where
= max_before_header
- htab
->got_gap
;
5009 htab
->got_gap
-= need
;
5013 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+ need
> max_before_header
5014 && htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
<= max_before_header
)
5016 htab
->got_gap
= max_before_header
- htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5017 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
= max_before_header
+ htab
->got_header_size
;
5019 where
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5020 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= need
;
5026 /* Calculate size of GOT entries for symbol given its TLS_MASK.
5027 TLS_LD is excluded because those go in a special GOT slot. */
5029 static inline unsigned int
5030 got_entries_needed (int tls_mask
)
5033 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) == 0)
5038 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
5040 if ((tls_mask
& (TLS_TPREL
| TLS_GDIE
)) != 0)
5042 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
5048 /* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */
5051 ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5052 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5054 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
5056 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
5057 && ((info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
!= 0
5058 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5059 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
5062 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5063 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
5067 /* Allocate space in associated reloc sections for dynamic relocs. */
5070 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
5072 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= inf
;
5073 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
5074 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5075 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5078 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
5081 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
5082 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5083 if (eh
->elf
.got
.refcount
> 0
5084 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
5085 && !eh
->elf
.def_regular
5086 && eh
->elf
.protected_def
5087 && eh
->has_addr16_ha
5088 && eh
->has_addr16_lo
5089 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0))
5093 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5094 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5098 if ((eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5100 if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5101 /* We'll just use htab->tlsld_got.offset. This should
5102 always be the case. It's a little odd if we have
5103 a local dynamic reloc against a non-local symbol. */
5104 htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
+= 1;
5108 need
+= got_entries_needed (eh
->tls_mask
);
5110 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5113 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= allocate_got (htab
, need
);
5114 if (((bfd_link_pic (info
)
5115 && !((eh
->tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
5116 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
5117 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &eh
->elf
)))
5118 || (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5119 && eh
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1
5120 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &eh
->elf
)))
5121 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5125 need
*= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) / 4;
5126 if ((eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5127 need
-= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5128 rsec
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
5129 if (eh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5130 rsec
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5136 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5138 /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for
5139 IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */
5140 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5141 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5142 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5144 /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */
5145 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5146 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
5147 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5149 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
5150 visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */
5151 else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
5152 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5154 if (eh
->dyn_relocs
== NULL
)
5157 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
5158 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
5159 defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard
5160 space for relocs that have become local due to symbol visibility
5162 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5164 /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call insn,
5165 or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that can be
5166 generated via assembly. We want calls to protected symbols to
5167 resolve directly to the function rather than going via the plt.
5168 If people want function pointer comparisons to work as expected
5169 then they should avoid writing weird assembly. */
5170 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
5172 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
5174 for (pp
= &eh
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
5176 p
->count
-= p
->pc_count
;
5185 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
5187 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
5189 for (pp
= &eh
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
5191 if (strcmp (p
->sec
->output_section
->name
, ".tls_vars") == 0)
5198 if (eh
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
5200 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5201 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
5205 else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
)
5207 /* For the non-pic case, discard space for relocs against
5208 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
5210 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
5212 && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
)
5213 && !(h
->protected_def
5214 && eh
->has_addr16_ha
5215 && eh
->has_addr16_lo
5216 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0))
5218 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5219 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
5222 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5223 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5226 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5229 /* Allocate space. */
5230 for (p
= eh
->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
5232 asection
*sreloc
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
5233 if (eh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5234 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5235 sreloc
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5238 /* Handle PLT relocs. Done last, after dynindx has settled.
5239 We might need a PLT entry when the symbol
5242 c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or
5243 d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */
5244 dyn
= htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1;
5246 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
5247 || (h
->needs_plt
&& h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
5250 && !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5251 && !htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5252 && (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
5253 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) == PLT_KEEP
))
5255 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
5256 bfd_boolean doneone
= FALSE
;
5257 bfd_vma plt_offset
= 0, glink_offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5259 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
5260 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
5262 asection
*s
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
5266 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5272 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
|| !dyn
)
5276 plt_offset
= s
->size
;
5279 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5281 if (s
== htab
->pltlocal
)
5282 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5286 if (!doneone
|| bfd_link_pic (info
))
5288 glink_offset
= s
->size
;
5289 s
->size
+= GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, h
);
5292 && !bfd_link_pic (info
)
5296 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5297 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= glink_offset
;
5299 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5301 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
5302 && !add_stub_sym (ent
, h
, info
))
5310 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room
5311 for the special first entry. */
5313 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
;
5315 /* The PowerPC PLT is actually composed of two
5316 parts, the first part is 2 words (for a load
5317 and a jump), and then there is a remaining
5318 word available at the end. */
5319 plt_offset
= (htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
5320 + (htab
->plt_slot_size
5322 - htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5323 / htab
->plt_entry_size
)));
5325 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular
5326 file, and we are not generating a shared
5327 library, then set the symbol to this location
5328 in the .plt. This is to avoid text
5329 relocations, and is required to make
5330 function pointers compare as equal between
5331 the normal executable and the shared library. */
5332 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
)
5336 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5337 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= plt_offset
;
5340 /* Make room for this entry. */
5341 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_entry_size
;
5342 /* After the 8192nd entry, room for two entries
5344 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
5345 && (s
->size
- htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5346 / htab
->plt_entry_size
5347 > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
)
5348 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_entry_size
;
5350 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5353 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */
5358 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5360 s
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5361 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5363 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5365 s
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
5366 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5371 htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5373 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
5375 /* Allocate space for the unloaded relocations. */
5376 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
5377 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5380 == (bfd_vma
) htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5382 htab
->srelplt2
->size
5383 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)
5384 * VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS
);
5387 htab
->srelplt2
->size
5388 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)
5389 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS
);
5392 /* Every PLT entry has an associated GOT entry in
5394 htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->size
+= 4;
5401 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5405 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
5411 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
5418 /* Set DF_TEXTREL if we find any dynamic relocs that apply to
5419 read-only sections. */
5422 maybe_set_textrel (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *info_p
)
5426 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
5429 sec
= readonly_dynrelocs (h
);
5432 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) info_p
;
5434 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5435 info
->callbacks
->minfo
5436 (_("%pB: dynamic relocation against `%pT' in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
5437 sec
->owner
, h
->root
.root
.string
, sec
);
5439 /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal. */
5445 static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie
[] =
5447 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */
5448 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */
5449 1, /* CIE version. */
5450 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */
5451 4, /* Code alignment. */
5452 0x7c, /* Data alignment. */
5454 1, /* Augmentation size. */
5455 DW_EH_PE_pcrel
| DW_EH_PE_sdata4
, /* FDE encoding. */
5456 DW_CFA_def_cfa
, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */
5459 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
5462 ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5463 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5465 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5471 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections called\n");
5474 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
5475 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.dynobj
!= NULL
);
5477 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5479 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
5480 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
5482 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, ".interp");
5483 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5484 s
->size
= sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
5485 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
5489 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
5490 htab
->got_header_size
= 16;
5491 else if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
5492 htab
->got_header_size
= 12;
5494 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
5496 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
5498 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
5499 bfd_signed_vma
*end_local_got
;
5500 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
5501 struct plt_entry
**end_local_plt
;
5503 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
5504 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5506 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
5509 for (s
= ibfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5511 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5513 for (p
= ((struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*)
5514 elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
);
5518 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
)
5519 && bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
->output_section
))
5521 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
5522 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
5523 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
5526 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
5527 && strcmp (p
->sec
->output_section
->name
,
5530 /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
5531 handled specially by the loader. */
5533 else if (p
->count
!= 0)
5535 asection
*sreloc
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
5537 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5538 sreloc
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5539 if ((p
->sec
->output_section
->flags
5540 & (SEC_READONLY
| SEC_ALLOC
))
5541 == (SEC_READONLY
| SEC_ALLOC
))
5543 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5544 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
5545 p
->sec
->owner
, p
->sec
);
5551 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
5555 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
5556 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5557 end_local_got
= local_got
+ locsymcount
;
5558 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_local_got
;
5559 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
5560 lgot_masks
= (char *) end_local_plt
;
5562 for (; local_got
< end_local_got
; ++local_got
, ++lgot_masks
)
5566 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5567 htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
+= 1;
5568 need
= got_entries_needed (*lgot_masks
);
5570 *local_got
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5573 *local_got
= allocate_got (htab
, need
);
5574 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5575 && !((*lgot_masks
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
5576 && bfd_link_executable (info
)))
5580 need
*= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) / 4;
5581 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
5582 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5583 srel
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5589 *local_got
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5591 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
5594 /* Allocate space for calls to local STT_GNU_IFUNC syms in .iplt. */
5595 lgot_masks
= (char *) end_local_plt
;
5596 for (; local_plt
< end_local_plt
; ++local_plt
, ++lgot_masks
)
5598 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
5599 bfd_boolean doneone
= FALSE
;
5600 bfd_vma plt_offset
= 0, glink_offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5602 for (ent
= *local_plt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
5603 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
5605 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5607 else if (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5608 || (*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)
5610 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5618 plt_offset
= s
->size
;
5621 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5623 if (s
!= htab
->pltlocal
&& (!doneone
|| bfd_link_pic (info
)))
5626 glink_offset
= s
->size
;
5627 s
->size
+= GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, NULL
);
5629 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5633 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5635 s
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5636 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5638 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5640 s
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
5641 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5647 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5651 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
5652 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
5654 if (htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
> 0)
5656 htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
= allocate_got (htab
, 8);
5657 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
5658 htab
->elf
.srelgot
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5661 htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5663 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
&& htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_VXWORKS
)
5665 unsigned int g_o_t
= 32768;
5667 /* If we haven't allocated the header, do so now. When we get here,
5668 for old plt/got the got size will be 0 to 32764 (not allocated),
5669 or 32780 to 65536 (header allocated). For new plt/got, the
5670 corresponding ranges are 0 to 32768 and 32780 to 65536. */
5671 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
<= 32768)
5673 g_o_t
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5674 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
5676 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= htab
->got_header_size
;
5679 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
= g_o_t
;
5681 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5683 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
5685 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5686 sda
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5688 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
5690 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
5692 if (sda
!= NULL
&& sda
->ref_regular
)
5693 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5694 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
5695 if (sda
!= NULL
&& sda
->ref_regular
)
5696 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5699 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
5700 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0
5701 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5703 htab
->glink_pltresolve
= htab
->glink
->size
;
5704 /* Space for the branch table. */
5706 += htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
/ (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) / 4) - 4;
5707 /* Pad out to align the start of PLTresolve. */
5708 htab
->glink
->size
+= -htab
->glink
->size
& (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
5710 htab
->glink
->size
+= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
5712 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
5714 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sh
;
5715 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__glink",
5716 TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5719 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5721 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5722 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
5723 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->glink_pltresolve
;
5724 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
5725 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
5726 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5727 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
5729 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5731 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__glink_PLTresolve",
5732 TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5735 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5737 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5738 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
5739 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
5740 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
5741 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
5742 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5743 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
5745 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5750 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
5751 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0
5752 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
5753 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
)
5754 && _bfd_elf_eh_frame_present (info
))
5756 s
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
;
5757 s
->size
= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + 20;
5758 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5761 if (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 8 >= 256)
5766 /* We've now determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
5767 Allocate memory for them. */
5769 for (s
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5771 bfd_boolean strip_section
= TRUE
;
5773 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
5776 if (s
== htab
->elf
.splt
5777 || s
== htab
->elf
.sgot
)
5779 /* We'd like to strip these sections if they aren't needed, but if
5780 we've exported dynamic symbols from them we must leave them.
5781 It's too late to tell BFD to get rid of the symbols. */
5782 if (htab
->elf
.hplt
!= NULL
)
5783 strip_section
= FALSE
;
5784 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
5787 else if (s
== htab
->elf
.iplt
5788 || s
== htab
->pltlocal
5790 || s
== htab
->glink_eh_frame
5791 || s
== htab
->elf
.sgotplt
5793 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
5794 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
5795 || s
== htab
->dynsbss
)
5797 /* Strip these too. */
5799 else if (s
== htab
->sdata
[0].section
5800 || s
== htab
->sdata
[1].section
)
5802 strip_section
= (s
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
) == 0;
5804 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_section_name (s
), ".rela"))
5808 /* Remember whether there are any relocation sections. */
5811 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
5812 to copy relocs into the output file. */
5818 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
5822 if (s
->size
== 0 && strip_section
)
5824 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
5825 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
5826 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
5827 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
5828 before the linker maps input sections to output
5829 sections. The linker does that before
5830 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
5831 function which decides whether anything needs to go
5832 into these sections. */
5833 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5837 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
5840 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
5841 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, s
->size
);
5842 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
5846 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5848 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
5849 values later, in ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
5850 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
5851 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
5852 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
5853 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
5854 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
5856 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
5858 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG
, 0))
5862 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0)
5864 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT
, 0)
5865 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0)
5866 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL
, DT_RELA
)
5867 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL
, 0))
5871 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
5872 && htab
->glink
!= NULL
5873 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
5875 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_GOT
, 0))
5877 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
5878 && htab
->tls_get_addr
!= NULL
5879 && htab
->tls_get_addr
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
5880 && !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_OPT
, PPC_OPT_TLS
))
5886 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA
, 0)
5887 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ
, 0)
5888 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT
, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)))
5892 /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section, then we
5893 need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */
5894 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) == 0)
5895 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), maybe_set_textrel
,
5898 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
5900 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
5903 if (htab
->is_vxworks
5904 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd
, info
))
5907 #undef add_dynamic_entry
5909 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
5910 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
!= NULL
)
5912 unsigned char *p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
5915 memcpy (p
, glink_eh_frame_cie
, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
));
5916 /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */
5917 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) - 4, p
);
5918 p
+= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
5920 val
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
- 4 - sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
5921 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
5924 val
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
5925 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
5927 /* Offset to .glink. Set later. */
5930 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, htab
->glink
->size
, p
);
5935 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5936 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5938 bfd_vma adv
= (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 8) >> 2;
5940 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ adv
;
5943 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1
;
5946 else if (adv
< 65536)
5948 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2
;
5949 bfd_put_16 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, adv
, p
);
5954 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
5955 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, adv
, p
);
5958 *p
++ = DW_CFA_register
;
5961 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 4;
5962 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
5965 BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_vma
) ((p
+ 3 - htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
) & -4)
5966 == htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
);
5972 /* Arrange to have _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_ stripped from the output
5973 if it looks like nothing is using them. */
5976 maybe_strip_sdasym (bfd
*output_bfd
, elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
5978 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= lsect
->sym
;
5980 if (sda
!= NULL
&& !sda
->ref_regular
&& sda
->dynindx
== -1)
5984 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, lsect
->name
);
5985 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
, s
))
5987 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, lsect
->bss_name
);
5988 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
, s
))
5990 sda
->def_regular
= 0;
5991 /* This is somewhat magic. See elf_link_output_extsym. */
5992 sda
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
5993 sda
->forced_local
= 0;
6000 ppc_elf_maybe_strip_sdata_syms (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6002 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
6006 maybe_strip_sdasym (info
->output_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0]);
6007 maybe_strip_sdasym (info
->output_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1]);
6012 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
6015 ppc_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6017 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
6019 && (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
6020 || !h
->ref_regular_nonweak
))
6023 return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h
);
6026 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
6028 /* Relaxation trampolines. r12 is available for clobbering (r11, is
6029 used for some functions that are allowed to break the ABI). */
6030 static const int shared_stub_entry
[] =
6032 0x7c0802a6, /* mflr 0 */
6033 0x429f0005, /* bcl 20, 31, .Lxxx */
6034 0x7d8802a6, /* mflr 12 */
6035 0x3d8c0000, /* addis 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@ha */
6036 0x398c0000, /* addi 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@l */
6037 0x7c0803a6, /* mtlr 0 */
6038 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6039 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6042 static const int stub_entry
[] =
6044 0x3d800000, /* lis 12,xxx@ha */
6045 0x398c0000, /* addi 12,12,xxx@l */
6046 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6047 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6050 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
6052 unsigned int workaround_size
;
6053 unsigned int picfixup_size
;
6056 /* This function implements long branch trampolines, and the ppc476
6057 icache bug workaround. Any section needing trampolines or patch
6058 space for the workaround has its size extended so that we can
6059 add trampolines at the end of the section. */
6062 ppc_elf_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
,
6064 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
6067 struct one_branch_fixup
6069 struct one_branch_fixup
*next
;
6071 /* Final link, can use the symbol offset. For a
6072 relocatable link we use the symbol's index. */
6077 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6078 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
6079 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
6080 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
= NULL
;
6081 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
= NULL
;
6082 struct one_branch_fixup
*branch_fixups
= NULL
;
6083 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
*relax_info
= NULL
;
6084 unsigned changes
= 0;
6085 bfd_boolean workaround_change
;
6086 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6087 bfd_size_type trampbase
, trampoff
, newsize
, picfixup_size
;
6089 bfd_boolean maybe_pasted
;
6093 /* No need to do anything with non-alloc or non-code sections. */
6094 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
6095 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0
6096 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0
6100 /* We cannot represent the required PIC relocs in the output, so don't
6101 do anything. The linker doesn't support mixing -shared and -r
6103 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
) && bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6106 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (link_info
);
6110 isec
->size
= (isec
->size
+ 3) & -4;
6111 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
6112 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
6113 trampbase
= isec
->size
;
6115 BFD_ASSERT (isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
6116 || isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
);
6117 isec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
;
6119 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
6120 || htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6122 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
== NULL
)
6124 elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
6125 = bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_relax_info
));
6126 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
== NULL
)
6129 relax_info
= elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
;
6130 trampbase
-= relax_info
->workaround_size
;
6133 maybe_pasted
= (strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".init") == 0
6134 || strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".fini") == 0);
6135 /* Space for a branch around any trampolines. */
6136 trampoff
= trampbase
;
6137 if (maybe_pasted
&& trampbase
== isec
->rawsize
)
6140 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
6142 if (htab
->params
->branch_trampolines
6143 || htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6145 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
6146 if (isec
->reloc_count
!= 0)
6148 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, isec
, NULL
, NULL
,
6149 link_info
->keep_memory
);
6150 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
6154 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got2");
6156 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ isec
->reloc_count
;
6157 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
6159 unsigned long r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
6162 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
;
6163 size_t insn_offset
= 0;
6164 bfd_vma max_branch_offset
= 0, val
;
6167 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6168 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
6169 struct plt_entry
**plist
;
6170 unsigned char sym_type
;
6175 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
6176 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
6178 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 25;
6182 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
6183 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
6184 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 15;
6187 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
6188 if (htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6196 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
6197 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &isym
, &tsec
, NULL
, &isymbuf
,
6198 ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
), abfd
))
6205 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
6206 tsec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6210 toff
= isym
->st_value
;
6211 sym_type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
);
6216 toff
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6217 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6218 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6222 indx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
) - symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6223 tsec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6224 toff
= bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
) ? indx
: 0;
6229 /* If this branch is to __tls_get_addr then we may later
6230 optimise away the call. We won't be needing a long-
6231 branch stub in that case. */
6232 if (bfd_link_executable (link_info
)
6233 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
6234 && irel
!= internal_relocs
)
6236 unsigned long t_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[-1].r_info
);
6237 unsigned long t_rtype
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[-1].r_info
);
6238 unsigned int tls_mask
= 0;
6240 /* The previous reloc should be one of R_PPC_TLSGD or
6241 R_PPC_TLSLD, or for older object files, a reloc
6242 on the __tls_get_addr arg setup insn. Get tls
6243 mask bits from the symbol on that reloc. */
6244 if (t_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
6246 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
);
6248 if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
6250 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
6251 (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6252 char *lgot_masks
= (char *)
6253 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6254 tls_mask
= lgot_masks
[t_symndx
];
6259 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*th
6260 = elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[t_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
6262 while (th
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
6263 || th
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6264 th
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) th
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
6267 = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) th
)->tls_mask
;
6270 /* The mask bits tell us if the call will be
6272 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
6273 && (t_rtype
== R_PPC_TLSGD
6274 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
6275 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
))
6277 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
6278 && (t_rtype
== R_PPC_TLSLD
6279 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
6280 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
))
6287 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
)
6292 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
6293 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
)
6294 picfixup_size
+= 12;
6298 /* The condition here under which we call find_plt_ent must
6299 match that in relocate_section. If we call find_plt_ent here
6300 but not in relocate_section, or vice versa, then the branch
6301 destination used here may be incorrect. */
6305 /* We know is_branch_reloc (r_type) is true. */
6306 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
6307 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6308 plist
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
6310 else if (sym_type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
6311 && elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
) != NULL
)
6313 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
);
6314 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
6315 (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6316 plist
= local_plt
+ ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
);
6321 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
6323 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
&& bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6324 addend
= irel
->r_addend
;
6325 ent
= find_plt_ent (plist
, got2
, addend
);
6328 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
6330 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
6331 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
6334 toff
= ent
->glink_offset
;
6338 tsec
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
6339 toff
= ent
->plt
.offset
;
6344 /* If the branch and target are in the same section, you have
6345 no hope of adding stubs. We'll error out later should the
6350 /* toff is used for the symbol index when the symbol is
6351 undefined and we're doing a relocatable link, so we can't
6352 support addends. It would be possible to do so by
6353 putting the addend in one_branch_fixup but addends on
6354 branches are rare so it hardly seems worth supporting. */
6355 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6356 && tsec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
6357 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
6358 && irel
->r_addend
!= 0)
6361 /* There probably isn't any reason to handle symbols in
6362 SEC_MERGE sections; SEC_MERGE doesn't seem a likely
6363 attribute for a code section, and we are only looking at
6364 branches. However, implement it correctly here as a
6365 reference for other target relax_section functions. */
6366 if (0 && tsec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
6368 /* At this stage in linking, no SEC_MERGE symbol has been
6369 adjusted, so all references to such symbols need to be
6370 passed through _bfd_merged_section_offset. (Later, in
6371 relocate_section, all SEC_MERGE symbols *except* for
6372 section symbols have been adjusted.)
6374 gas may reduce relocations against symbols in SEC_MERGE
6375 sections to a relocation against the section symbol when
6376 the original addend was zero. When the reloc is against
6377 a section symbol we should include the addend in the
6378 offset passed to _bfd_merged_section_offset, since the
6379 location of interest is the original symbol. On the
6380 other hand, an access to "sym+addend" where "sym" is not
6381 a section symbol should not include the addend; Such an
6382 access is presumed to be an offset from "sym"; The
6383 location of interest is just "sym". */
6384 if (sym_type
== STT_SECTION
6385 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6386 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6389 = _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, &tsec
,
6390 elf_section_data (tsec
)->sec_info
,
6393 if (sym_type
!= STT_SECTION
6394 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6395 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6397 /* PLTREL24 addends are special. */
6398 else if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6399 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6401 /* Attempted -shared link of non-pic code loses. */
6402 if ((!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6403 && tsec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
)
6404 || tsec
->output_section
== NULL
6405 || (tsec
->owner
!= NULL
6406 && (tsec
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0))
6409 roff
= irel
->r_offset
;
6411 /* Avoid creating a lot of unnecessary fixups when
6412 relocatable if the output section size is such that a
6413 fixup can be created at final link.
6414 The max_branch_offset adjustment allows for some number
6415 of other fixups being needed at final link. */
6416 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6417 && (isec
->output_section
->rawsize
- (isec
->output_offset
+ roff
)
6418 < max_branch_offset
- (max_branch_offset
>> 4)))
6421 /* If the branch is in range, no need to do anything. */
6422 if (tsec
!= bfd_und_section_ptr
6423 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6424 /* A relocatable link may have sections moved during
6425 final link, so do not presume they remain in range. */
6426 || tsec
->output_section
== isec
->output_section
))
6428 bfd_vma symaddr
, reladdr
;
6430 symaddr
= tsec
->output_section
->vma
+ tsec
->output_offset
+ toff
;
6431 reladdr
= isec
->output_section
->vma
+ isec
->output_offset
+ roff
;
6432 if (symaddr
- reladdr
+ max_branch_offset
6433 < 2 * max_branch_offset
)
6437 /* Look for an existing fixup to this address. */
6438 for (f
= branch_fixups
; f
; f
= f
->next
)
6439 if (f
->tsec
== tsec
&& f
->toff
== toff
)
6445 unsigned long stub_rtype
;
6447 val
= trampoff
- roff
;
6448 if (val
>= max_branch_offset
)
6449 /* Oh dear, we can't reach a trampoline. Don't try to add
6450 one. We'll report an error later. */
6453 if (bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6455 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry
);
6460 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry
);
6463 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX
;
6464 if (tsec
== htab
->elf
.splt
6465 || tsec
== htab
->glink
)
6467 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
;
6468 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6469 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
;
6472 /* Hijack the old relocation. Since we need two
6473 relocations for this use a "composite" reloc. */
6474 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
),
6476 irel
->r_offset
= trampoff
+ insn_offset
;
6477 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
6478 && stub_rtype
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
)
6481 /* Record the fixup so we don't do it again this section. */
6482 f
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (*f
));
6483 f
->next
= branch_fixups
;
6486 f
->trampoff
= trampoff
;
6494 val
= f
->trampoff
- roff
;
6495 if (val
>= max_branch_offset
)
6498 /* Nop out the reloc, since we're finalizing things here. */
6499 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE
);
6502 /* Get the section contents. */
6503 if (contents
== NULL
)
6505 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
6506 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
6507 contents
= elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
6508 /* Go get them off disk. */
6509 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, isec
, &contents
))
6513 /* Fix up the existing branch to hit the trampoline. */
6514 hit_addr
= contents
+ roff
;
6518 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
6519 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
6520 t0
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, hit_addr
);
6522 t0
|= val
& 0x3fffffc;
6523 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, t0
, hit_addr
);
6527 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
6528 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
6529 t0
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, hit_addr
);
6532 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, t0
, hit_addr
);
6537 while (branch_fixups
!= NULL
)
6539 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
= branch_fixups
;
6540 branch_fixups
= branch_fixups
->next
;
6545 workaround_change
= FALSE
;
6547 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
6548 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6549 || isec
->output_section
->alignment_power
>= htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
))
6551 bfd_vma addr
, end_addr
;
6552 unsigned int crossings
;
6553 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
6555 addr
= isec
->output_section
->vma
+ isec
->output_offset
;
6556 end_addr
= addr
+ trampoff
;
6558 crossings
= ((end_addr
& -pagesize
) - addr
) >> htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
6561 /* Keep space aligned, to ensure the patch code itself does
6562 not cross a page. Don't decrease size calculated on a
6563 previous pass as otherwise we might never settle on a layout. */
6564 newsize
= 15 - ((end_addr
- 1) & 15);
6565 newsize
+= crossings
* 16;
6566 if (relax_info
->workaround_size
< newsize
)
6568 relax_info
->workaround_size
= newsize
;
6569 workaround_change
= TRUE
;
6571 /* Ensure relocate_section is called. */
6572 isec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
6574 newsize
= trampoff
+ relax_info
->workaround_size
;
6577 if (htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6579 picfixup_size
-= relax_info
->picfixup_size
;
6580 if (picfixup_size
!= 0)
6581 relax_info
->picfixup_size
+= picfixup_size
;
6582 newsize
+= relax_info
->picfixup_size
;
6585 if (changes
!= 0 || picfixup_size
!= 0 || workaround_change
)
6586 isec
->size
= newsize
;
6589 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
6591 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
6595 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6596 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
6600 if (contents
!= NULL
6601 && elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6603 if (!changes
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
6607 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6608 elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
6612 changes
+= picfixup_size
;
6615 /* Append sufficient NOP relocs so we can write out relocation
6616 information for the trampolines. */
6617 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
6618 Elf_Internal_Rela
*new_relocs
= bfd_malloc ((changes
+ isec
->reloc_count
)
6619 * sizeof (*new_relocs
));
6624 memcpy (new_relocs
, internal_relocs
,
6625 isec
->reloc_count
* sizeof (*new_relocs
));
6626 for (ix
= changes
; ix
--;)
6628 irel
= new_relocs
+ ix
+ isec
->reloc_count
;
6630 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE
);
6632 if (internal_relocs
!= elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
)
6633 free (internal_relocs
);
6634 elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
= new_relocs
;
6635 isec
->reloc_count
+= changes
;
6636 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (isec
);
6637 rel_hdr
->sh_size
+= changes
* rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
6639 else if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
6640 && elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
6641 free (internal_relocs
);
6643 *again
= changes
!= 0 || workaround_change
;
6647 while (branch_fixups
!= NULL
)
6649 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
= branch_fixups
;
6650 branch_fixups
= branch_fixups
->next
;
6653 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
&& (unsigned char *) isymbuf
!= symtab_hdr
->contents
)
6655 if (contents
!= NULL
6656 && elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6658 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
6659 && elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
6660 free (internal_relocs
);
6664 /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in
6665 discarded sections. */
6668 ppc_elf_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
6670 if (strcmp (".fixup", sec
->name
) == 0)
6673 if (strcmp (".got2", sec
->name
) == 0)
6676 return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec
);
6679 /* Fill in the address for a pointer generated in a linker section. */
6682 elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (bfd
*input_bfd
,
6683 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
,
6684 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6686 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
6688 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_ptr
;
6690 BFD_ASSERT (lsect
!= NULL
);
6694 /* Handle global symbol. */
6695 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
6697 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6698 BFD_ASSERT (eh
->elf
.def_regular
);
6699 linker_section_ptr
= eh
->linker_section_pointer
;
6703 /* Handle local symbol. */
6704 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
6706 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (input_bfd
));
6707 BFD_ASSERT (elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd
) != NULL
);
6708 linker_section_ptr
= elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd
)[r_symndx
];
6711 linker_section_ptr
= elf_find_pointer_linker_section (linker_section_ptr
,
6714 BFD_ASSERT (linker_section_ptr
!= NULL
);
6716 /* Offset will always be a multiple of four, so use the bottom bit
6717 as a "written" flag. */
6718 if ((linker_section_ptr
->offset
& 1) == 0)
6720 bfd_put_32 (lsect
->section
->owner
,
6721 relocation
+ linker_section_ptr
->addend
,
6722 lsect
->section
->contents
+ linker_section_ptr
->offset
);
6723 linker_section_ptr
->offset
+= 1;
6726 relocation
= (lsect
->section
->output_section
->vma
6727 + lsect
->section
->output_offset
6728 + linker_section_ptr
->offset
- 1
6729 - SYM_VAL (lsect
->sym
));
6733 "Finish pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld (0x%lx)\n",
6734 lsect
->name
, (long) relocation
, (long) relocation
);
6740 #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff)
6741 #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff)
6742 #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000)
6745 write_glink_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, struct plt_entry
*ent
,
6746 asection
*plt_sec
, unsigned char *p
,
6747 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6749 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
6750 bfd
*output_bfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
6752 unsigned char *end
= p
+ GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, h
);
6755 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
6756 && !htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
)
6758 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_3
, p
);
6760 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_3
+ 4, p
);
6762 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MR_0_3
, p
);
6764 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, CMPWI_11_0
, p
);
6766 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_3_12_2
, p
);
6768 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BEQLR
, p
);
6770 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MR_3_0
, p
);
6772 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
6776 plt
= ((ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1)
6777 + plt_sec
->output_section
->vma
6778 + plt_sec
->output_offset
);
6780 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
6784 if (ent
->addend
>= 32768)
6786 + ent
->sec
->output_section
->vma
6787 + ent
->sec
->output_offset
);
6788 else if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
6789 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
6793 if (plt
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
6794 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_30
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6797 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_30
+ PPC_HA (plt
), p
);
6799 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_11
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6804 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LIS_11
+ PPC_HA (plt
), p
);
6806 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_11
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6809 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_11
, p
);
6811 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
6815 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? BA
: NOP
, p
);
6820 /* Return true if symbol is defined statically. */
6823 is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6825 return ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6826 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6827 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= NULL
6828 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
!= NULL
);
6831 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tls operand, return
6832 the transformed insn for TLS optimisation, otherwise return 0. If
6833 REG is non-zero only match an insn with RB or RA equal to REG. */
6836 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (unsigned int insn
, unsigned int reg
)
6840 if ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) != 31 << 26)
6843 if (reg
== 0 || ((insn
>> 11) & 0x1f) == reg
)
6844 rtra
= insn
& ((1 << 26) - (1 << 16));
6845 else if (((insn
>> 16) & 0x1f) == reg
)
6846 rtra
= (insn
& (0x1f << 21)) | ((insn
& (0x1f << 11)) << 5);
6850 if ((insn
& (0x3ff << 1)) == 266 << 1)
6853 else if ((insn
& (0x1f << 1)) == 23 << 1
6854 && ((insn
& (0x1f << 6)) < 14 << 6
6855 || ((insn
& (0x1f << 6)) >= 16 << 6
6856 && (insn
& (0x1f << 6)) < 24 << 6)))
6857 /* load and store indexed -> dform. */
6858 insn
= (32 | ((insn
>> 6) & 0x1f)) << 26;
6859 else if ((insn
& (((0x1a << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 21 << 1)
6860 /* ldx, ldux, stdx, stdux -> ld, ldu, std, stdu. */
6861 insn
= ((58 | ((insn
>> 6) & 4)) << 26) | ((insn
>> 6) & 1);
6862 else if ((insn
& (((0x1f << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 341 << 1)
6864 insn
= (58 << 26) | 2;
6871 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tprel operand, return
6872 the transformed insn for an undefined weak symbol, ie. with the
6873 thread pointer REG operand removed. Otherwise return 0. */
6876 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (unsigned int insn
, unsigned int reg
)
6878 if ((insn
& (0x1f << 16)) == reg
<< 16
6879 && ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
6880 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */
6881 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
6882 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
6883 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
6884 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
6885 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
6886 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
6887 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
6888 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
6889 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
6890 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
6891 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
6892 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
6893 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
6894 || ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
6896 || ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
6897 && ((insn
& 3) == 0 || (insn
& 3) == 3))))
6899 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
6901 else if ((insn
& (0x1f << 21)) == reg
<< 21
6902 && ((insn
& (0x3e << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori, oris */
6903 || (insn
& (0x3e << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */
6904 || (insn
& (0x3e << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi,andis */))
6906 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 21);
6907 insn
|= (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) << 5;
6908 if ((insn
& (0x3e << 26)) == 26 << 26 /* xori,xoris */)
6909 insn
-= 2 >> 26; /* convert to ori,oris */
6917 is_insn_ds_form (unsigned int insn
)
6919 return ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,ldu,lwa */
6920 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stdu,stq */
6921 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lfdp */
6922 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 61u << 26 /* stfdp */);
6926 is_insn_dq_form (unsigned int insn
)
6928 return ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq */
6929 || ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == (61u << 26) /* lxv, stxv */
6930 && (insn
& 3) == 1));
6933 /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker
6934 to handle the relocations for a section.
6936 The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section
6937 actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be
6940 This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
6941 necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
6942 relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
6945 This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
6946 address or the reloc symbol index.
6948 LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols.
6950 LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file
6951 corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol.
6953 The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
6954 via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
6956 When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
6957 STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is
6958 going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
6959 section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
6963 ppc_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6964 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6966 asection
*input_section
,
6968 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
6969 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
6970 asection
**local_sections
)
6972 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6973 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
6974 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6975 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
6976 Elf_Internal_Rela
*wrel
;
6977 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
6978 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
6980 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
;
6981 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
6982 bfd_vma d_offset
= (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
) ? 2 : 0);
6983 bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls
;
6984 unsigned int picfixup_size
= 0;
6985 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
*relax_info
= NULL
;
6988 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_relocate_section called for %pB section %pA, "
6989 "%ld relocations%s",
6990 input_bfd
, input_section
,
6991 (long) input_section
->reloc_count
,
6992 (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)) ? " (relocatable)" : "");
6995 if (!is_ppc_elf (input_bfd
))
6997 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
7001 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd
, ".got2");
7003 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
7004 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
7005 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
7007 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
7008 local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd
);
7009 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd
);
7010 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
7011 /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
7012 specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */
7013 is_vxworks_tls
= (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
)
7014 && !strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
,
7016 if (input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
)
7017 relax_info
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sec_info
;
7018 rel
= wrel
= relocs
;
7019 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
;
7020 for (; rel
< relend
; wrel
++, rel
++)
7022 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
7024 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
7025 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7027 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7028 const char *sym_name
;
7029 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7030 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7032 bfd_vma branch_bit
, from
;
7033 bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc
, save_unresolved_reloc
;
7035 unsigned int tls_type
, tls_mask
, tls_gd
;
7036 struct plt_entry
**ifunc
, **plt_list
;
7037 struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto
;
7040 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
7044 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
7046 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7048 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7050 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
7051 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
7052 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
, sec
);
7054 relocation
= _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
7058 bfd_boolean ignored
;
7060 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
,
7061 r_symndx
, symtab_hdr
, sym_hashes
,
7063 unresolved_reloc
, warned
, ignored
);
7065 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
7068 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
7070 /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
7071 or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the
7072 section contents zeroed. Avoid any special processing. */
7074 if (r_type
< R_PPC_max
)
7075 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
7077 _bfd_clear_contents (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
7078 contents
, rel
->r_offset
);
7079 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
7083 /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against
7084 symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for
7085 non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the
7086 eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */
7087 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
7088 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
))
7094 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
7097 && r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
7098 && rel
->r_addend
!= 0)
7100 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
7101 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2. */
7102 rel
->r_addend
+= got2
->output_offset
;
7104 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
7105 && r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
7106 && r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX
)
7110 /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs
7111 based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit
7112 RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible
7113 for the final instruction stream. */
7117 tls_mask
= ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->tls_mask
;
7118 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
7120 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
7123 = (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7124 lgot_masks
= (char *) (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7125 tls_mask
= lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
7128 /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */
7129 if ((R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)
7130 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
& 3)
7131 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
& 3)
7132 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
& 3)
7133 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
& 3)
7134 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
& 3)
7135 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
& 3)
7136 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
& 3))
7143 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
7144 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
7145 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7146 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
7150 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7151 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7153 insn
|= 0x3c020000; /* addis 0,2,0 */
7154 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
7155 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7156 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
;
7157 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7162 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7163 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
7167 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7168 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn
, 2);
7171 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7172 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
;
7173 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7175 /* Was PPC_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now
7176 PPC_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */
7177 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7181 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
7182 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
7184 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
7188 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
7189 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
7190 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
7193 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
7194 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)) & 3)
7195 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
);
7198 rel
->r_offset
-= d_offset
;
7199 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7200 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
7202 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7206 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
7207 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
7209 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
7213 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
7214 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
7215 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
7217 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
7221 offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
7222 /* If not using the newer R_PPC_TLSGD/LD to mark
7223 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call
7224 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next
7225 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with
7226 the current reloc. Edit both insns. */
7227 if (input_section
->has_tls_get_addr_call
7229 && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd
, rel
+ 1,
7230 htab
->tls_get_addr
))
7231 offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
;
7232 /* We read the low GOT_TLS insn because we need to keep
7233 the destination reg. It may be something other than
7234 the usual r3, and moved to r3 before the call by
7235 intervening code. */
7236 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7237 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7238 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
7241 insn1
&= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16);
7242 insn1
|= 32 << 26; /* lwz */
7243 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
7245 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7246 insn2
= 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7247 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7249 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)) & 3)
7250 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
);
7251 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7256 insn1
&= 0x1f << 21;
7257 insn1
|= 0x3c020000; /* addis r,2,0 */
7260 /* Was an LD reloc. */
7262 r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7264 if (local_sections
[r_symndx
] == sec
)
7266 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7267 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
7268 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7269 if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
7270 rel
->r_addend
-= (local_syms
[r_symndx
].st_value
7271 + sec
->output_offset
7272 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7274 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
;
7275 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7276 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
7278 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
);
7279 rel
[1].r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
7280 rel
[1].r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7281 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7282 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7285 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn1
,
7286 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7289 /* We changed the symbol on an LD reloc. Start over
7290 in order to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
7297 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
7298 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
7301 bfd_vma offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
7303 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
7305 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
);
7306 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7310 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
7313 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
7314 insn2
= 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7319 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
;
7320 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7321 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7323 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7324 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7325 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7326 BFD_ASSERT (offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
7327 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7332 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
7333 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
7337 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
7339 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7340 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7345 r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7347 if (local_sections
[r_symndx
] == sec
)
7349 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7350 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
7351 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7352 if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
7353 rel
->r_addend
-= (local_syms
[r_symndx
].st_value
7354 + sec
->output_offset
7355 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7357 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
);
7358 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7359 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7360 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
,
7361 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7362 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7363 BFD_ASSERT (rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
7364 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7370 /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */
7377 /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */
7378 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
7379 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
7380 branch_bit
= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7383 /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */
7384 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
7385 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
7389 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7390 insn
&= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7393 from
= (rel
->r_offset
7394 + input_section
->output_offset
7395 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
7397 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
7398 if ((bfd_signed_vma
) (relocation
+ rel
->r_addend
- from
) < 0)
7399 insn
^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7401 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7405 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
7409 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7410 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7411 if ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 15u << 26
7412 && (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) != 0)
7414 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
7416 /* Convert addis to lis. */
7417 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
7418 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
7419 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7422 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
7423 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7424 (_("%P: %H: error: %s with unexpected instruction %x\n"),
7425 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
7426 "R_PPC_PLT16_HA", insn
);
7431 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
7435 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
7436 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
7437 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
7439 /* Convert lis;addi or lis;load/store accessing a protected
7440 variable defined in a shared library to PIC. */
7443 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
)
7445 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7446 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7447 if ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == (15u << 26)
7448 && (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) == 0 /* lis */)
7454 p
= (contents
+ input_section
->size
7455 - relax_info
->workaround_size
7456 - relax_info
->picfixup_size
7458 off
= (p
- contents
) - (rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7459 if (off
> 0x1fffffc || (off
& 3) != 0)
7460 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7461 (_("%H: fixup branch overflow\n"),
7462 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
7464 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| off
,
7465 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7466 got_addr
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7467 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7468 + (h
->got
.offset
& ~1));
7469 wrel
->r_offset
= (p
- contents
) + d_offset
;
7470 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
7471 wrel
->r_addend
= got_addr
;
7473 insn
|= ((unsigned int) (got_addr
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
7474 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
7476 /* Convert lis to lwz, loading address from GOT. */
7478 insn
^= (32u ^ 15u) << 26;
7479 insn
|= (insn
& (0x1f << 21)) >> 5;
7480 insn
|= got_addr
& 0xffff;
7481 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
+ 4);
7483 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| ((-4 - off
) & 0x3ffffff), p
+ 8);
7484 picfixup_size
+= 12;
7486 /* Use one of the spare relocs, so --emit-relocs
7487 output is reasonable. */
7488 memmove (rel
+ 1, rel
, (relend
- rel
- 1) * sizeof (*rel
));
7490 rel
->r_offset
= wrel
[-1].r_offset
+ 4;
7491 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
7492 rel
->r_addend
= wrel
[-1].r_addend
;
7494 /* Continue on as if we had a got reloc, to output
7496 r_type
= R_PPC_GOT16_LO
;
7500 /* xgettext:c-format */
7501 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64
"): error: "
7502 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7503 input_bfd
, input_section
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
,
7504 "R_PPC_ADDR16_HA", insn
);
7506 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
)
7508 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7509 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7510 if ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
7511 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
7512 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
7513 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
7514 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
7515 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
7516 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
7517 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
7518 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
7519 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
7520 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
7521 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
7522 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
7523 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
7524 || ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
7526 || ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
7527 && ((insn
& 3) == 0 || (insn
& 3) == 3)))
7529 /* Arrange to apply the reloc addend, if any. */
7531 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
7532 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, r_type
);
7536 /* xgettext:c-format */
7537 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64
"): error: "
7538 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7539 input_bfd
, input_section
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
,
7540 "R_PPC_ADDR16_LO", insn
);
7545 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
7547 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
7551 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7552 ifunc
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
7554 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
7555 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7557 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
7559 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
7560 + symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7561 ifunc
= local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
7566 && (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
7567 || is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
7568 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7569 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7570 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
7573 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7574 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
7575 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7576 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7577 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
7578 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7579 ent
= find_plt_ent (ifunc
, got2
, addend
);
7583 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7585 && htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
7586 && (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7588 || h
->dynindx
== -1))
7590 /* Uh oh, we are going to create a pic glink stub
7591 for an ifunc (here for h == NULL and later in
7592 finish_dynamic_symbol for h != NULL), and
7593 apparently are using code compiled with
7594 -mbss-plt. The difficulty is that -mbss-plt code
7595 gives no indication via a magic PLTREL24 addend
7596 whether r30 is equal to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or
7597 is pointing into a .got2 section (and how far
7599 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7600 /* xgettext:c-format */
7601 (_("%X%H: unsupported bss-plt -fPIC ifunc %s\n"),
7602 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, sym_name
);
7605 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
7606 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
7607 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7609 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
7610 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
7611 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
7612 + (ent
->glink_offset
& ~1));
7614 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
7615 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
7620 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7621 save_unresolved_reloc
= unresolved_reloc
;
7623 if (r_type
< R_PPC_max
)
7624 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
7631 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
7632 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
7634 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
7635 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
7636 if ((insn
& ((0x3f << 26) | 0x1f << 16))
7637 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */)
7638 /* xgettext:c-format */
7639 info
->callbacks
->minfo
7640 (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"),
7641 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, howto
->name
, insn
);
7643 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
7647 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
7648 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
7650 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
7651 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
7652 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
7654 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
7663 /* xgettext:c-format */
7664 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
7665 input_bfd
, howto
->name
);
7667 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7675 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
:
7676 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
7677 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
7680 /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's
7681 address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the
7682 symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the
7683 symbol and put the symbol value there. */
7684 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
7685 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
7686 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
7687 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
7688 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
7691 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
7692 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
7693 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
7694 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
7695 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
7698 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
7699 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
7700 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
7701 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
7702 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
7705 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
7706 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
7707 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
7708 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
7709 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
7713 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
7714 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI
:
7715 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
7719 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
7725 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
)
7729 if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)
7730 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
7731 offp
= &htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
;
7734 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7736 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)
7737 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
7738 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
7739 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
7740 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
7741 because of a version file. */
7746 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
7748 offp
= &h
->got
.offset
;
7752 if (local_got_offsets
== NULL
)
7754 offp
= &local_got_offsets
[r_symndx
];
7757 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use the
7758 least significant bit to record whether we have already
7759 processed this entry. */
7765 unsigned int tls_m
= ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7766 ? tls_mask
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
| TLS_DTPREL
7767 | TLS_TPREL
| TLS_GDIE
)
7770 if (offp
== &htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
)
7772 else if ((tls_m
& TLS_LD
) != 0
7773 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
7776 /* We might have multiple got entries for this sym.
7777 Initialize them all. */
7782 if ((tls_m
& TLS_LD
) != 0)
7784 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
7787 else if ((tls_m
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
7789 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
7792 else if ((tls_m
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
7794 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
7795 tls_m
&= ~TLS_DTPREL
;
7797 else if ((tls_m
& (TLS_TPREL
| TLS_GDIE
)) != 0)
7799 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
7803 /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker. */
7805 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7807 || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
7809 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
7810 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))))
7812 asection
*rsec
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
7817 rsec
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
7819 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
7820 else if (is_static_defined (h
))
7821 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
7823 outrel
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7824 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7826 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
7827 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7829 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPMOD32
);
7830 if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
7832 loc
= rsec
->contents
;
7833 loc
+= (rsec
->reloc_count
++
7834 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
7835 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
,
7837 outrel
.r_offset
+= 4;
7839 = ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPREL32
);
7842 else if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
))
7843 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPREL32
);
7844 else if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
))
7845 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_TPREL32
);
7847 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
);
7848 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
7849 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
7851 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
7852 if (indx
== 0 && tls_ty
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
7854 outrel
.r_addend
+= relocation
;
7855 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_DTPREL
| TLS_TPREL
))
7857 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
7858 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
7860 outrel
.r_addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
;
7863 loc
= rsec
->contents
;
7864 loc
+= (rsec
->reloc_count
++
7865 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
7866 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
7869 /* Init the .got section contents if we're not
7870 emitting a reloc. */
7873 bfd_vma value
= relocation
;
7877 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
7881 if (tls_ty
& TLS_LD
)
7884 value
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7885 if (tls_ty
& TLS_TPREL
)
7886 value
+= DTP_OFFSET
- TP_OFFSET
;
7889 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7891 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, value
,
7892 htab
->elf
.sgot
->contents
+ off
+ 4);
7896 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, value
,
7897 htab
->elf
.sgot
->contents
+ off
);
7901 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7910 if (off
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
7913 if ((tls_type
& TLS_TLS
) != 0)
7915 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
7917 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) != 0
7918 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
7920 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
7922 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
7924 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
))
7926 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
7933 /* If here for a picfixup, we're done. */
7934 if (r_type
!= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
7937 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7938 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7940 - SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
));
7942 /* Addends on got relocations don't make much sense.
7943 x+off@got is actually x@got+off, and since the got is
7944 generated by a hash table traversal, the value in the
7945 got at entry m+n bears little relation to the entry m. */
7947 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7948 /* xgettext:c-format */
7949 (_("%H: non-zero addend on %s reloc against `%s'\n"),
7950 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
7956 /* Relocations that need no special processing. */
7957 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
7958 /* It makes no sense to point a local relocation
7959 at a symbol not in this object. */
7960 if (unresolved_reloc
)
7962 (*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
) (info
,
7963 h
->root
.root
.string
,
7970 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
7972 /* @local on an ifunc does not really make sense since
7973 the ifunc resolver can take you anywhere. More
7974 seriously, calls to ifuncs must go through a plt call
7975 stub, and for pic the plt call stubs uses r30 to
7976 access the PLT. The problem is that a call that is
7977 local won't have the +32k reloc addend trick marking
7978 -fPIC code, so the linker won't know whether r30 is
7979 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or pointing into a .got2 section. */
7980 /* xgettext:c-format */
7981 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%X%H: @local call to ifunc %s\n"),
7982 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
7983 h
->root
.root
.string
);
7987 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
7988 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
7989 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
:
7990 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
7991 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
7992 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7995 /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a shared
7998 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
7999 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
8000 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
8002 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
8003 && h
->dynindx
== -1)
8005 /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol
8006 resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since
8007 code using weak externs ought to check that they are
8008 defined before using them. */
8009 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
;
8010 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
8011 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn
, 2);
8013 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
8016 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
8017 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
8018 /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared
8019 libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in
8020 DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */
8024 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
8025 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
8028 case R_PPC_DTPREL32
:
8029 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
8030 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
8033 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32
:
8039 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
8040 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
8041 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
8042 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
8046 if (h
== NULL
|| h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
8052 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
8053 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
:
8054 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
8059 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8
:
8060 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15
:
8061 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24
:
8064 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
8065 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
8066 /* If these relocations are not to a named symbol, they can be
8067 handled right here, no need to bother the dynamic linker. */
8068 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
8069 || h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
8075 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
8076 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
8077 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
8082 if ((input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
8086 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
8088 || ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
8089 && ((h
!= NULL
&& pc_dynrelocs (h
))
8090 || must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
)))
8092 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
))
8100 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_relocate_section needs to "
8101 "create relocation for %s\n",
8102 (h
&& h
->root
.root
.string
8103 ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "<unknown>"));
8106 /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
8107 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
8110 outrel
.r_offset
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
,
8113 if (outrel
.r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -1
8114 || outrel
.r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -2)
8115 skip
= (int) outrel
.r_offset
;
8116 outrel
.r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
8117 + input_section
->output_offset
);
8119 /* Optimize unaligned reloc use. */
8120 if ((r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR32
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 3) != 0)
8121 || (r_type
== R_PPC_UADDR32
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 3) == 0))
8122 r_type
^= R_PPC_ADDR32
^ R_PPC_UADDR32
;
8123 if ((r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 1) != 0)
8124 || (r_type
== R_PPC_UADDR16
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 1) == 0))
8125 r_type
^= R_PPC_ADDR16
^ R_PPC_UADDR16
;
8128 memset (&outrel
, 0, sizeof outrel
);
8129 else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
8132 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= -1);
8133 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8134 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
8135 outrel
.r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8139 outrel
.r_addend
= relocation
+ rel
->r_addend
;
8141 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_ADDR32
)
8145 /* If we get here when building a static
8146 executable, then the libc startup function
8147 responsible for applying indirect function
8148 relocations is going to complain about
8150 If we get here when building a dynamic
8151 executable, it will be because we have
8152 a text relocation. The dynamic loader
8153 will set the text segment writable and
8154 non-executable to apply text relocations.
8155 So we'll segfault when trying to run the
8156 indirection function to resolve the reloc. */
8157 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8158 /* xgettext:c-format */
8159 (_("%H: relocation %s for indirect "
8160 "function %s unsupported\n"),
8161 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8166 else if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
|| bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
8168 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
8170 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8177 /* We are turning this relocation into one
8178 against a section symbol. It would be
8179 proper to subtract the symbol's value,
8180 osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend,
8181 but ld.so expects buggy relocs.
8182 FIXME: Why not always use a zero index? */
8183 osec
= sec
->output_section
;
8184 if ((osec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
8186 osec
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
;
8191 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
8194 osec
= htab
->elf
.text_index_section
;
8195 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
8197 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
8200 /* ld.so doesn't expect buggy TLS relocs.
8201 Don't leave the symbol value in the
8203 if (IS_PPC_TLS_RELOC (r_type
))
8204 outrel
.r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
8207 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
8209 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
8210 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
8212 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
8215 sreloc
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sreloc
;
8218 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
8220 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
8221 else if (is_static_defined (h
))
8222 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
8227 loc
= sreloc
->contents
;
8228 loc
+= sreloc
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8229 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
8234 /* This reloc will be computed at runtime. Clear the memory
8235 so that it contains a predictable value for prelink. */
8238 relocation
= howto
->pc_relative
? outrel
.r_offset
: 0;
8245 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
:
8246 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
:
8249 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8250 bfd_vma got2_addend
= 0;
8252 if (r_type
== R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
)
8254 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8255 got2_addend
= addend
;
8258 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
, got2
, got2_addend
);
8259 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
8260 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
8261 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
8262 + ent
->glink_offset
);
8264 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
8265 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
8274 size_t insn_offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
8277 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8279 relocation
-= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
8280 + input_section
->output_offset
8281 + rel
->r_offset
- 4);
8282 stub
= shared_stub_entry
;
8283 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[0], contents
+ insn_offset
- 12);
8284 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[1], contents
+ insn_offset
- 8);
8285 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[2], contents
+ insn_offset
- 4);
8287 size
= ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry
) - 3;
8292 size
= ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry
);
8295 relocation
+= addend
;
8296 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
8299 /* First insn is HA, second is LO. */
8301 insn
|= ((relocation
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
8302 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8306 insn
|= relocation
& 0xffff;
8307 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8315 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8319 /* Rewrite the reloc and convert one of the trailing nop
8320 relocs to describe this relocation. */
8321 BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_NONE
);
8322 /* The relocs are at the bottom 2 bytes */
8323 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
+ d_offset
;
8324 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
8325 wrel
->r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8326 memmove (wrel
+ 1, wrel
, (relend
- wrel
- 1) * sizeof (*wrel
));
8328 wrel
->r_offset
+= 4;
8329 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
8333 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
8334 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
:
8335 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sdata
[0].section
!= NULL
);
8336 if (!is_static_defined (htab
->sdata
[0].sym
))
8338 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8342 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0],
8343 h
, relocation
, rel
);
8347 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
8348 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
:
8349 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sdata
[1].section
!= NULL
);
8350 if (!is_static_defined (htab
->sdata
[1].sym
))
8352 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8356 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1],
8357 h
, relocation
, rel
);
8361 /* Handle the TOC16 reloc. We want to use the offset within the .got
8362 section, not the actual VMA. This is appropriate when generating
8363 an embedded ELF object, for which the .got section acts like the
8364 AIX .toc section. */
8365 case R_PPC_TOC16
: /* phony GOT16 relocations */
8366 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8368 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8371 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec
), ".got") == 0
8372 || strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec
), ".cgot") == 0);
8374 addend
-= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ 0x8000;
8377 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
8378 if (h
!= NULL
&& ifunc
== NULL
)
8380 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8382 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
, got2
,
8383 bfd_link_pic (info
) ? addend
: 0);
8385 || htab
->elf
.splt
== NULL
)
8387 /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This
8388 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
8389 using -Bsymbolic. */
8393 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
8394 procedure linkage table. */
8395 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8396 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
8397 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
8398 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
8399 + ent
->glink_offset
);
8401 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
8402 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
8407 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
8408 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2.
8409 Don't apply it to the relocation field. */
8415 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
8416 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI
:
8417 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8420 plt_list
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
8421 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
8423 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
8425 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
8426 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
8427 + symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
8428 plt_list
= local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
8430 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8431 if (plt_list
!= NULL
)
8433 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8435 ent
= find_plt_ent (plt_list
, got2
,
8436 bfd_link_pic (info
) ? addend
: 0);
8437 if (ent
!= NULL
&& ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
8441 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8442 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
8443 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
8445 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
8448 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
8450 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
8452 relocation
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
8453 + plt
->output_offset
8455 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8459 if (ent
->addend
>= 32768)
8461 + ent
->sec
->output_section
->vma
8462 + ent
->sec
->output_offset
);
8464 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
8472 /* Relocate against _SDA_BASE_. */
8473 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
8476 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8479 || sec
->output_section
== NULL
8480 || !is_static_defined (sda
))
8482 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8485 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8487 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8488 if (!(strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8489 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0))
8492 /* xgettext:c-format */
8493 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8494 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8503 /* Relocate against _SDA2_BASE_. */
8504 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
:
8507 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8510 || sec
->output_section
== NULL
8511 || !is_static_defined (sda
))
8513 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8516 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8518 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8519 if (!(strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8520 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0))
8523 /* xgettext:c-format */
8524 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8525 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8534 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
:
8535 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8536 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8537 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8538 split16a_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8541 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
:
8542 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8543 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8544 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8545 split16d_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8548 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
:
8549 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
) >> 16;
8550 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8551 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8552 split16a_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8555 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
:
8556 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
) >> 16;
8557 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8558 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8559 split16d_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8562 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
:
8563 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8564 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8565 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8566 split16a_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8569 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
:
8570 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8571 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8572 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8573 split16d_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8576 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_, _SDA2_BASE_, or 0. */
8577 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
:
8578 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
:
8579 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
:
8580 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
:
8585 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= NULL
;
8587 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8589 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8593 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8594 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8595 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
8598 sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8600 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8601 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0)
8604 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8606 else if (strcmp (name
, ".PPC.EMB.sdata0") == 0
8607 || strcmp (name
, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0") == 0)
8614 /* xgettext:c-format */
8615 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8616 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8622 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8629 if (!is_static_defined (sda
))
8631 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8634 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8637 if (r_type
== R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
)
8640 /* The PowerPC Embedded Application Binary Interface
8641 version 1.0 insanely chose to specify R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
8642 operating on a 24-bit field at r_offset. GNU as and
8643 GNU ld have always assumed R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 operates on
8644 a 32-bit bit insn at r_offset. Cope with object file
8645 producers that possibly comply with the EABI in
8646 generating an odd r_offset for big-endian objects. */
8647 if (r_type
== R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
)
8648 rel
->r_offset
&= ~1;
8650 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8652 && (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8653 || r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
))
8655 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8658 /* Force e_li insn, keeping RT from original insn. */
8662 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
8663 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
8664 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xf0000) >> 5;
8665 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
8666 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xf800) << 5;
8667 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
8668 insn
|= relocation
& 0x7ff;
8670 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8672 if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8673 && ((relocation
+ 0x80000) & 0xffffffff) > 0x100000)
8677 /* Fill in register field. */
8678 insn
= (insn
& ~RA_REGISTER_MASK
) | (reg
<< RA_REGISTER_SHIFT
);
8679 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8683 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
8684 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
8685 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
8686 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
8687 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
8688 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
8692 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= NULL
;
8694 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8696 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8700 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8701 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8702 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
8703 sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8704 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8705 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0)
8706 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8710 /* xgettext:c-format */
8711 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8712 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8718 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8723 if (sda
== NULL
|| !is_static_defined (sda
))
8725 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8728 value
= relocation
+ addend
- SYM_VAL (sda
);
8730 if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
)
8731 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8732 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8734 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8735 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
)
8736 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8737 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8739 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8740 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
)
8742 value
= value
>> 16;
8743 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8744 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8746 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8748 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
)
8750 value
= value
>> 16;
8751 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8752 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8754 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8756 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
)
8758 value
= (value
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8759 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8760 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8762 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8764 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
)
8766 value
= (value
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8767 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8768 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8770 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8775 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
:
8776 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (output_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
);
8779 /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */
8781 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
8782 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
:
8783 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
8784 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8786 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8789 addend
-= sec
->output_section
->vma
;
8792 /* Negative relocations. */
8793 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
:
8794 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
:
8795 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
:
8796 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
:
8797 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
8798 addend
-= 2 * relocation
;
8802 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
:
8803 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
8804 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
8805 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE
:
8807 case R_PPC_PLTREL32
:
8809 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
:
8810 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
:
8811 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
:
8812 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
8813 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
:
8814 /* xgettext:c-format */
8815 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
8816 input_bfd
, howto
->name
);
8818 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8829 if (unresolved_reloc
)
8831 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
8832 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
8834 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| insn
, p
);
8835 unresolved_reloc
= save_unresolved_reloc
;
8836 r_type
= R_PPC_REL24
;
8837 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
8839 else if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
8840 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8841 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8842 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8847 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8848 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
8849 if (unresolved_reloc
)
8851 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
8852 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
8853 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8854 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
8855 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
8857 else if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
8858 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8859 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8860 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8865 /* Do any further special processing. */
8871 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
8872 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
8873 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
8874 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
8875 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
8876 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
8877 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
8878 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
8879 /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol
8880 that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case,
8881 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol
8882 alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */
8887 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8888 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
8889 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
8890 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
8891 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
8892 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
8893 /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set.
8894 Bits 0:15 are not used. */
8899 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
8901 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
8902 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
8904 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
8905 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
8906 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
8908 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
8909 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
8910 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
8911 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
8912 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
8913 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
8914 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
8915 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
8916 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
8918 /* The 32-bit ABI lacks proper relocations to deal with
8919 certain 64-bit instructions. Prevent damage to bits
8920 that make up part of the insn opcode. */
8921 unsigned int insn
, mask
, lobit
;
8923 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
8924 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
8926 if (is_insn_ds_form (insn
))
8928 else if (is_insn_dq_form (insn
))
8932 relocation
+= addend
;
8933 addend
= insn
& mask
;
8934 lobit
= mask
& relocation
;
8937 relocation
^= lobit
;
8938 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8939 /* xgettext:c-format */
8940 (_("%H: error: %s against `%s' not a multiple of %u\n"),
8941 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8942 howto
->name
, sym_name
, mask
+ 1);
8943 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8951 fprintf (stderr
, "\ttype = %s (%d), name = %s, symbol index = %ld, "
8952 "offset = %ld, addend = %ld\n",
8957 (long) rel
->r_offset
,
8961 if (unresolved_reloc
8962 && !((input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
8964 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
,
8965 rel
->r_offset
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
8967 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8968 /* xgettext:c-format */
8969 (_("%H: unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'\n"),
8970 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8976 /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a
8977 few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should
8978 have different reloc types. */
8979 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain_overflow_dont
8980 && howto
->dst_mask
== 0xffff
8981 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
8983 enum complain_overflow complain
= complain_overflow_signed
;
8985 if ((elf_section_flags (input_section
) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) == 0)
8989 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
8990 if ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */)
8991 complain
= complain_overflow_bitfield
;
8992 else if ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */
8993 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */
8994 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */)
8995 complain
= complain_overflow_unsigned
;
8997 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain
)
9000 alt_howto
.complain_on_overflow
= complain
;
9005 if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
)
9007 /* Split field reloc isn't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */
9008 if (rel
->r_offset
+ 4 > input_section
->size
)
9009 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
9014 relocation
+= addend
;
9015 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
9016 + input_section
->output_offset
9017 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
9019 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
9021 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xffc1) | ((relocation
& 0x3e) << 15);
9022 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
9027 r
= _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
, contents
,
9028 rel
->r_offset
, relocation
, addend
);
9030 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
9032 if (r
== bfd_reloc_overflow
)
9035 /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow
9036 on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */
9039 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
9040 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
9041 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
)))
9042 info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
9043 (info
, (h
? &h
->root
: NULL
), sym_name
, howto
->name
,
9044 rel
->r_addend
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
9048 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9049 /* xgettext:c-format */
9050 (_("%H: %s reloc against `%s': error %d\n"),
9051 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
9052 howto
->name
, sym_name
, (int) r
);
9063 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
9064 size_t deleted
= rel
- wrel
;
9066 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
->output_section
);
9067 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
9068 if (rel_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
9070 /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave
9072 ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */
9073 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
9078 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
);
9079 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
9080 input_section
->reloc_count
-= deleted
;
9084 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
9087 if (input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9088 && input_section
->size
!= input_section
->rawsize
9089 && (strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
, ".init") == 0
9090 || strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
, ".fini") == 0))
9092 /* Branch around the trampolines. */
9093 unsigned int insn
= B
+ input_section
->size
- input_section
->rawsize
;
9094 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ input_section
->rawsize
);
9097 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
9098 && input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9099 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
9100 || (input_section
->output_section
->alignment_power
9101 >= htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
)))
9103 bfd_vma start_addr
, end_addr
, addr
;
9104 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
9106 if (relax_info
->workaround_size
!= 0)
9112 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, BA
, fill
);
9113 p
= contents
+ input_section
->size
- relax_info
->workaround_size
;
9114 n
= relax_info
->workaround_size
>> 2;
9117 memcpy (p
, fill
, 4);
9122 /* The idea is: Replace the last instruction on a page with a
9123 branch to a patch area. Put the insn there followed by a
9124 branch back to the next page. Complicated a little by
9125 needing to handle moved conditional branches, and by not
9126 wanting to touch data-in-text. */
9128 start_addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
9129 + input_section
->output_offset
);
9130 end_addr
= (start_addr
+ input_section
->size
9131 - relax_info
->workaround_size
);
9132 for (addr
= ((start_addr
& -pagesize
) + pagesize
- 4);
9136 bfd_vma offset
= addr
- start_addr
;
9137 Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo
, *hi
;
9138 bfd_boolean is_data
;
9139 bfd_vma patch_off
, patch_addr
;
9142 /* Do we have a data reloc at this offset? If so, leave
9150 rel
= lo
+ (hi
- lo
) / 2;
9151 if (rel
->r_offset
< offset
)
9153 else if (rel
->r_offset
> offset
+ 3)
9157 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
9174 /* Some instructions can be left alone too. Unconditional
9175 branches, except for bcctr with BO=0x14 (bctr, bctrl),
9176 avoid the icache failure.
9178 The problem occurs due to prefetch across a page boundary
9179 where stale instructions can be fetched from the next
9180 page, and the mechanism for flushing these bad
9181 instructions fails under certain circumstances. The
9182 unconditional branches:
9183 1) Branch: b, bl, ba, bla,
9184 2) Branch Conditional: bc, bca, bcl, bcla,
9185 3) Branch Conditional to Link Register: bclr, bclrl,
9186 where (2) and (3) have BO=0x14 making them unconditional,
9187 prevent the bad prefetch because the prefetch itself is
9188 affected by these instructions. This happens even if the
9189 instruction is not executed.
9194 . addi 9,9,new_page@l
9201 The bctr is not predicted taken due to ctr not being
9202 ready, so prefetch continues on past the bctr into the
9203 new page which might have stale instructions. If they
9204 fail to be flushed, then they will be executed after the
9205 bctr executes. Either of the following modifications
9206 prevent the bad prefetch from happening in the first
9209 . lis 9,new_page@ha lis 9,new_page@ha
9210 . addi 9,9,new_page@l addi 9,9,new_page@l
9213 . nop b somewhere_else
9214 . b somewhere_else nop
9215 . new_page: new_page:
9217 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
9218 if ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == (18u << 26) /* b,bl,ba,bla */
9219 || ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc,bcl,bca,bcla*/
9220 && (insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)) /* with BO=0x14 */
9221 || ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == (19u << 26)
9222 && (insn
& (0x3ff << 1)) == (16u << 1) /* bclr,bclrl */
9223 && (insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)))/* with BO=0x14 */
9226 patch_addr
= (start_addr
+ input_section
->size
9227 - relax_info
->workaround_size
);
9228 patch_addr
= (patch_addr
+ 15) & -16;
9229 patch_off
= patch_addr
- start_addr
;
9230 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
+ patch_off
- offset
, contents
+ offset
);
9233 && rel
->r_offset
>= offset
9234 && rel
->r_offset
< offset
+ 4)
9238 /* If the insn we are patching had a reloc, adjust the
9239 reloc r_offset so that the reloc applies to the moved
9240 location. This matters for -r and --emit-relocs. */
9241 if (rel
+ 1 != relend
)
9243 Elf_Internal_Rela tmp
= *rel
;
9245 /* Keep the relocs sorted by r_offset. */
9246 memmove (rel
, rel
+ 1, (relend
- (rel
+ 1)) * sizeof (*rel
));
9249 relend
[-1].r_offset
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9251 /* Adjust REL16 addends too. */
9252 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
))
9255 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
9256 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
9257 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
9258 relend
[-1].r_addend
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9264 /* If we are building a PIE or shared library with
9265 non-PIC objects, perhaps we had a dynamic reloc too?
9266 If so, the dynamic reloc must move with the insn. */
9267 sreloc
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sreloc
;
9270 Elf32_External_Rela
*slo
, *shi
, *srelend
;
9273 slo
= (Elf32_External_Rela
*) sreloc
->contents
;
9274 shi
= srelend
= slo
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
;
9275 soffset
= (offset
+ input_section
->output_section
->vma
9276 + input_section
->output_offset
);
9279 Elf32_External_Rela
*srel
= slo
+ (shi
- slo
) / 2;
9280 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, (bfd_byte
*) srel
,
9282 if (outrel
.r_offset
< soffset
)
9284 else if (outrel
.r_offset
> soffset
+ 3)
9288 if (srel
+ 1 != srelend
)
9290 memmove (srel
, srel
+ 1,
9291 (srelend
- (srel
+ 1)) * sizeof (*srel
));
9294 outrel
.r_offset
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9295 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
,
9305 if ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc */
9306 && (insn
& 2) == 0 /* relative */)
9308 bfd_vma delta
= ((insn
& 0xfffc) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
9310 delta
+= offset
- patch_off
;
9311 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && rel
!= NULL
)
9313 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && rel
!= NULL
)
9315 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
9317 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
);
9318 if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
)
9319 insn
|= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9320 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
9321 insn
&= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9323 BFD_ASSERT (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14
);
9325 if ((r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
9326 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
9327 && delta
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
9328 && (bfd_signed_vma
) delta
< 0)
9329 insn
^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9331 if (delta
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
9333 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9334 (insn
& ~0xfffc) | (delta
& 0xfffc),
9335 contents
+ patch_off
);
9337 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9338 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9339 contents
+ patch_off
);
9346 unsigned int r_sym
= ELF32_R_SYM (relend
[-1].r_info
);
9348 relend
[-1].r_offset
+= 8;
9349 relend
[-1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_sym
, R_PPC_REL24
);
9351 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9352 (insn
& ~0xfffc) | 8,
9353 contents
+ patch_off
);
9355 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9356 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9357 contents
+ patch_off
);
9359 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9360 B
| ((delta
- 8) & 0x3fffffc),
9361 contents
+ patch_off
);
9367 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ patch_off
);
9369 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9370 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9371 contents
+ patch_off
);
9374 BFD_ASSERT (patch_off
<= input_section
->size
);
9375 relax_info
->workaround_size
= input_section
->size
- patch_off
;
9382 /* Write out the PLT relocs and entries for H. */
9385 write_global_sym_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9387 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
9388 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9389 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9390 bfd_boolean doneone
;
9393 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9394 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9398 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9400 bfd_vma reloc_index
;
9401 asection
*plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9402 asection
*relplt
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
9404 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
9405 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9406 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9407 reloc_index
= ent
->plt
.offset
/ 4;
9410 reloc_index
= ((ent
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
9411 / htab
->plt_slot_size
);
9412 if (reloc_index
> PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
9413 && htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
9414 reloc_index
-= (reloc_index
- PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
) / 2;
9417 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.
9419 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
9420 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9421 && h
->dynindx
!= -1)
9424 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
9426 /* The first three entries in .got.plt are reserved. */
9427 got_offset
= (reloc_index
+ 3) * 4;
9429 /* Use the right PLT. */
9430 plt_entry
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
9431 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry
;
9433 /* Fill in the .plt on VxWorks. */
9434 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9436 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9437 plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_offset
),
9438 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 0);
9439 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9440 plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_offset
),
9441 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 4);
9445 bfd_vma got_loc
= got_offset
+ SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
9447 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9448 plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_loc
),
9449 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 0);
9450 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9451 plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_loc
),
9452 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 4);
9455 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2],
9456 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 8);
9457 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3],
9458 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 12);
9460 /* This instruction is an immediate load. The value loaded is
9461 the byte offset of the R_PPC_JMP_SLOT relocation from the
9462 start of the .rela.plt section. The value is stored in the
9463 low-order 16 bits of the load instruction. */
9464 /* NOTE: It appears that this is now an index rather than a
9465 prescaled offset. */
9466 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9467 plt_entry
[4] | reloc_index
,
9468 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16);
9469 /* This instruction is a PC-relative branch whose target is
9470 the start of the PLT section. The address of this branch
9471 instruction is 20 bytes beyond the start of this PLT entry.
9472 The address is encoded in bits 6-29, inclusive. The value
9473 stored is right-shifted by two bits, permitting a 26-bit
9475 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9477 | (-(ent
->plt
.offset
+ 20) & 0x03fffffc)),
9478 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 20);
9479 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6],
9480 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 24);
9481 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7],
9482 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 28);
9484 /* Fill in the GOT entry corresponding to this PLT slot with
9485 the address immediately after the "bctr" instruction
9486 in this PLT entry. */
9487 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, (plt
->output_section
->vma
9488 + plt
->output_offset
9489 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16),
9490 htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->contents
+ got_offset
);
9492 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
9494 /* Fill in a couple of entries in .rela.plt.unloaded. */
9495 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
9496 + ((VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS
+ reloc_index
9497 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS
)
9498 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9500 /* Provide the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
9501 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9502 + plt
->output_offset
9503 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 2);
9504 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
,
9506 rela
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
9507 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9508 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9510 /* Provide the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
9511 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9512 + plt
->output_offset
9513 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 6);
9514 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
,
9516 rela
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
9517 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9518 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9520 /* Provide a relocation for the GOT entry corresponding to this
9521 PLT slot. Point it at the middle of the .plt entry. */
9522 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
9523 + htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_offset
9525 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hplt
->indx
,
9527 rela
.r_addend
= ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16;
9528 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9531 /* VxWorks uses non-standard semantics for R_PPC_JMP_SLOT.
9532 In particular, the offset for the relocation is not the
9533 address of the PLT entry for this function, as specified
9534 by the ABI. Instead, the offset is set to the address of
9535 the GOT slot for this function. See EABI 4.4.4.1. */
9536 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
9537 + htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_offset
9544 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9545 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9547 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9549 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9550 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9554 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
9555 relplt
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? htab
->relpltlocal
: NULL
;
9558 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9559 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
9560 rela
.r_addend
= SYM_VAL (h
);
9565 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
9566 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, rela
.r_addend
, loc
);
9570 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9571 + plt
->output_offset
9574 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
9575 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9576 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9578 /* We don't need to fill in the .plt. The ppc dynamic
9579 linker will fill it in. */
9583 bfd_vma val
= (htab
->glink_pltresolve
+ ent
->plt
.offset
9584 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
9585 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
9586 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, val
,
9587 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
);
9594 /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */
9595 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9596 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9598 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9599 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
9601 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
9602 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
9603 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9604 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9608 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
);
9609 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (reloc_index
9610 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9611 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& is_static_defined (h
))
9612 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9614 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9619 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
9620 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9621 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9624 asection
*plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9626 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9627 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9629 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9630 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9635 p
= (unsigned char *) htab
->glink
->contents
+ ent
->glink_offset
;
9636 write_glink_stub (h
, ent
, plt
, p
, info
);
9638 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
9639 /* We only need one non-PIC glink stub. */
9648 /* Finish up PLT handling. */
9651 ppc_finish_symbols (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9653 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9659 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, write_global_sym_plt
, info
);
9661 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9663 bfd_vma
*local_got
, *end_local_got
;
9664 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
, **lplt
, **end_local_plt
;
9665 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9666 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
9667 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
= NULL
;
9668 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9670 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
9673 local_got
= elf_local_got_offsets (ibfd
);
9677 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
9678 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9679 end_local_got
= local_got
+ locsymcount
;
9680 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_local_got
;
9681 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
9682 for (lplt
= local_plt
; lplt
< end_local_plt
; ++lplt
)
9683 for (ent
= *lplt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9685 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9687 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9689 asection
*plt
, *relplt
;
9692 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9695 if (!get_sym_h (NULL
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
9696 lplt
- local_plt
, ibfd
))
9698 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9699 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9704 val
= sym
->st_value
;
9705 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
9706 val
+= sym_sec
->output_offset
+ sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
9708 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9710 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9711 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9712 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9713 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
9717 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
9718 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9720 relplt
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
9721 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
9725 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
9726 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, val
, loc
);
9731 rela
.r_offset
= (ent
->plt
.offset
9732 + plt
->output_offset
9733 + plt
->output_section
->vma
);
9734 rela
.r_addend
= val
;
9735 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
9736 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9737 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9739 p
= (unsigned char *) htab
->glink
->contents
+ ent
->glink_offset
;
9740 write_glink_stub (NULL
, ent
, htab
->elf
.iplt
, p
, info
);
9744 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9745 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9747 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
9750 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9756 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
9757 dynamic sections here. */
9760 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9761 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9762 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9763 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9765 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9766 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9769 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol called for %s",
9770 h
->root
.root
.string
);
9774 || (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
)))
9775 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9776 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9778 if (!h
->def_regular
)
9780 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as
9781 defined in the .plt section. Leave the value if
9782 there were any relocations where pointer equality
9783 matters (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to
9784 make function pointer comparisons work between an
9785 application and shared library), otherwise set it
9787 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9788 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
9790 else if (!h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
9792 /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but
9793 that is better than breaking tests for a NULL
9794 function pointer. */
9800 /* Set the value of ifunc symbols in a non-pie
9801 executable to the glink entry. This is to avoid
9802 text relocations. We can't do this for ifunc in
9803 allocate_dynrelocs, as we do for normal dynamic
9804 function symbols with plt entries, because we need
9805 to keep the original value around for the ifunc
9808 = (_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
9809 (info
->output_bfd
, htab
->glink
->output_section
));
9810 sym
->st_value
= (ent
->glink_offset
9811 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
9812 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
);
9820 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9823 /* This symbols needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
9826 fprintf (stderr
, ", copy");
9829 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
9831 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
9833 else if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
9834 s
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
9836 s
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
9837 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
9839 rela
.r_offset
= SYM_VAL (h
);
9840 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC_COPY
);
9842 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9843 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9847 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
9853 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
9854 ppc_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9855 const asection
*rel_sec
,
9856 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela
)
9858 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9860 if (rel_sec
== htab
->elf
.irelplt
)
9861 return reloc_class_ifunc
;
9863 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rela
->r_info
))
9865 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
9866 return reloc_class_relative
;
9867 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
9868 return reloc_class_plt
;
9870 return reloc_class_copy
;
9872 return reloc_class_normal
;
9876 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
9879 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9880 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9883 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9886 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
9889 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections called\n");
9892 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9893 dynobj
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
;
9894 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
9897 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
9898 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
9900 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
9902 Elf32_External_Dyn
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
9904 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& sdyn
!= NULL
);
9906 dyncon
= (Elf32_External_Dyn
*) sdyn
->contents
;
9907 dynconend
= (Elf32_External_Dyn
*) (sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
);
9908 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
++)
9910 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
9913 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
9918 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9919 s
= htab
->elf
.sgotplt
;
9922 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
9926 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
;
9930 s
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
9931 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
9935 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= got
;
9939 if (htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
)
9940 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9941 (_("%X%P: text relocations and GNU indirect "
9942 "functions will result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
9943 else if (htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
)
9944 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9945 (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect "
9946 "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
9950 if (htab
->is_vxworks
9951 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd
, &dyn
))
9956 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
9960 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
9961 && htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
9963 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sgot
9964 || htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sgotplt
)
9966 unsigned char *p
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->contents
;
9968 p
+= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9969 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
9971 /* Add a blrl instruction at _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_-4
9972 so that a function can easily find the address of
9973 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
9974 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
- 4
9975 < htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->size
);
9976 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0x4e800021, p
- 4);
9981 bfd_vma val
= sdyn
->output_section
->vma
+ sdyn
->output_offset
;
9982 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
9983 < htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->size
);
9984 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, val
, p
);
9989 /* xgettext:c-format */
9990 _bfd_error_handler (_("%s not defined in linker created %pA"),
9991 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.root
.string
,
9992 (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
!= NULL
9993 ? htab
->elf
.sgotplt
: htab
->elf
.sgot
));
9994 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9998 elf_section_data (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 4;
10001 /* Fill in the first entry in the VxWorks procedure linkage table. */
10002 if (htab
->is_vxworks
10003 && htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
10004 && htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0
10005 && htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
10007 asection
*splt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
10008 /* Use the right PLT. */
10009 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= (bfd_link_pic (info
)
10010 ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
10011 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry
);
10013 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
10015 bfd_vma got_value
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
10017 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_value
),
10018 splt
->contents
+ 0);
10019 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_value
),
10020 splt
->contents
+ 4);
10024 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], splt
->contents
+ 0);
10025 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1], splt
->contents
+ 4);
10027 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], splt
->contents
+ 8);
10028 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], splt
->contents
+ 12);
10029 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], splt
->contents
+ 16);
10030 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], splt
->contents
+ 20);
10031 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], splt
->contents
+ 24);
10032 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], splt
->contents
+ 28);
10034 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
10036 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
10039 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
10041 /* Output the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
10042 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
10043 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
10045 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
10047 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
10048 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10050 /* Output the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
10051 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
10052 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
10054 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
10056 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
10057 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10059 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
10060 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
10061 in which symbols were output. */
10062 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
10064 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
10066 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10067 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
10068 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10069 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10071 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10072 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
10073 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10074 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10076 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10077 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hplt
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR32
);
10078 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10079 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10084 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
10085 && htab
->glink
->contents
!= NULL
10086 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
10089 unsigned char *endp
;
10093 * PIC glink code is the following:
10095 * # ith PLT code stub.
10096 * addis 11,30,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@ha
10097 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@l(11)
10101 * # A table of branches, one for each plt entry.
10102 * # The idea is that the plt call stub loads ctr and r11 with these
10103 * # addresses, so (r11 - res_0) gives the plt index * 4.
10104 * res_0: b PLTresolve
10105 * res_1: b PLTresolve
10107 * # Some number of entries towards the end can be nops
10113 * addis 11,11,(1f-res_0)@ha
10116 * 1: addi 11,11,(1b-res_0)@l
10119 * sub 11,11,12 # r11 = index * 4
10120 * addis 12,12,(got+4-1b)@ha
10121 * lwz 0,(got+4-1b)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10122 * lwz 12,(got+8-1b)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10125 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10128 * Non-PIC glink code is a little simpler.
10130 * # ith PLT code stub.
10131 * lis 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@ha
10132 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@l(11)
10136 * The branch table is the same, then comes
10139 * lis 12,(got+4)@ha
10140 * addis 11,11,(-res_0)@ha
10141 * lwz 0,(got+4)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10142 * addi 11,11,(-res_0)@l # r11 = index * 4
10145 * lwz 12,(got+8)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10146 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10150 /* Build the branch table, one for each plt entry (less one),
10151 and perhaps some padding. */
10152 p
= htab
->glink
->contents
;
10153 p
+= htab
->glink_pltresolve
;
10154 endp
= htab
->glink
->contents
;
10155 endp
+= htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
10156 while (p
< endp
- (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? 0 : 8 * 4))
10158 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
+ endp
- p
, p
);
10163 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
10167 res0
= (htab
->glink_pltresolve
10168 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10169 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10171 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
)
10173 /* Ensure that a call stub at the end of a page doesn't
10174 result in prefetch over the end of the page into the
10175 glink branch table. */
10176 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
10178 bfd_vma glink_start
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10179 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10181 for (page_addr
= res0
& -pagesize
;
10182 page_addr
> glink_start
;
10183 page_addr
-= pagesize
)
10185 /* We have a plt call stub that may need fixing. */
10189 loc
= htab
->glink
->contents
+ page_addr
- 4 - glink_start
;
10190 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
);
10193 /* By alignment, we know that there must be at least
10194 one other call stub before this one. */
10195 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
- 16);
10197 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
| (-16 & 0x3fffffc), loc
);
10199 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
| (-20 & 0x3fffffc), loc
);
10204 /* Last comes the PLTresolve stub. */
10205 endp
= p
+ GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
10206 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
10210 bcl
= (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 3*4
10211 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10212 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10214 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_11
+ PPC_HA (bcl
- res0
), p
);
10216 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MFLR_0
, p
);
10218 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
10220 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDI_11_11
+ PPC_LO (bcl
- res0
), p
);
10222 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MFLR_12
, p
);
10224 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTLR_0
, p
);
10226 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, SUB_11_11_12
, p
);
10228 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_12_12
+ PPC_HA (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10230 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4 - bcl
) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8 - bcl
))
10232 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10234 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 8 - bcl
), p
);
10239 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZU_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10241 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ 4, p
);
10244 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_0
, p
);
10246 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_0_11_11
, p
);
10250 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LIS_12
+ PPC_HA (got
+ 4), p
);
10252 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_11
+ PPC_HA (-res0
), p
);
10254 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8))
10255 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4), p
);
10257 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZU_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4), p
);
10259 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDI_11_11
+ PPC_LO (-res0
), p
);
10261 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_0
, p
);
10263 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_0_11_11
, p
);
10265 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8))
10266 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 8), p
);
10268 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ 4, p
);
10271 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_11_0_11
, p
);
10273 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
10277 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
,
10278 htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? BA
: NOP
, p
);
10281 BFD_ASSERT (p
== endp
);
10284 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
10285 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
!= NULL
)
10287 unsigned char *p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
10290 p
+= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
10295 /* Offset to .glink. */
10296 val
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10297 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10298 val
-= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->vma
10299 + htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_offset
);
10300 val
-= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
10301 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
10303 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
10304 && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, info
,
10305 htab
->glink_eh_frame
,
10306 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
))
10313 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf32_le_vec
10314 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-powerpcle"
10315 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vec
10316 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc"
10317 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc
10318 #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC32_ELF_DATA
10319 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC
10320 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
10321 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
10322 #define ELF_RELROPAGESIZE ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
10323 #define elf_info_to_howto ppc_elf_info_to_howto
10325 #ifdef EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10326 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT1 EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10330 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT2 EM_PPC_OLD
10333 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1
10334 #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1
10335 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
10336 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
10337 #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
10338 #define elf_backend_caches_rawsize 1
10340 #define bfd_elf32_mkobject ppc_elf_mkobject
10341 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data
10342 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section ppc_elf_relax_section
10343 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup
10344 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup
10345 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags ppc_elf_set_private_flags
10346 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create
10347 #define bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab
10349 #define elf_backend_object_p ppc_elf_object_p
10350 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook
10351 #define elf_backend_section_from_shdr ppc_elf_section_from_shdr
10352 #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc_elf_relocate_section
10353 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections
10354 #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc_elf_check_relocs
10355 #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible
10356 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
10357 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
10358 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook
10359 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections
10360 #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc_elf_hash_symbol
10361 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
10362 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
10363 #define elf_backend_fake_sections ppc_elf_fake_sections
10364 #define elf_backend_additional_program_headers ppc_elf_additional_program_headers
10365 #define elf_backend_modify_segment_map ppc_elf_modify_segment_map
10366 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc_elf_grok_prstatus
10367 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc_elf_grok_psinfo
10368 #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc_elf_write_core_note
10369 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc_elf_reloc_type_class
10370 #define elf_backend_begin_write_processing ppc_elf_begin_write_processing
10371 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing ppc_elf_final_write_processing
10372 #define elf_backend_write_section ppc_elf_write_section
10373 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr
10374 #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val ppc_elf_plt_sym_val
10375 #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc_elf_action_discarded
10376 #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section
10377 #define elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags
10379 #include "elf32-target.h"
10381 /* FreeBSD Target */
10383 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10384 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10386 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10387 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_fbsd_vec
10388 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10389 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-freebsd"
10392 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
10395 #define elf32_bed elf32_powerpc_fbsd_bed
10397 #include "elf32-target.h"
10399 /* VxWorks Target */
10401 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10402 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10404 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10405 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vxworks_vec
10406 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10407 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-vxworks"
10411 /* VxWorks uses the elf default section flags for .plt. */
10412 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
10413 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
10415 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
10418 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".plt") == 0)
10419 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
10421 return ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
10424 /* Like ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create, but overrides
10425 appropriately for VxWorks. */
10426 static struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
10427 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
10429 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
10431 ret
= ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
10434 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
10435 = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*)ret
;
10436 htab
->is_vxworks
= 1;
10437 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_VXWORKS
;
10438 htab
->plt_entry_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10439 htab
->plt_slot_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10440 htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10445 /* Tweak magic VxWorks symbols as they are loaded. */
10447 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
,
10448 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10449 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
10450 const char **namep
,
10455 if (!elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (abfd
, info
, sym
, namep
, flagsp
, secp
,
10459 return ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (abfd
, info
, sym
, namep
, flagsp
, secp
, valp
);
10463 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
10465 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd
);
10466 return elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (abfd
);
10469 /* On VxWorks, we emit relocations against _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_, so
10471 #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
10472 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1
10473 #undef elf_backend_want_got_plt
10474 #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
10475 #undef elf_backend_got_symbol_offset
10476 #define elf_backend_got_symbol_offset 0
10477 #undef elf_backend_plt_not_loaded
10478 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 0
10479 #undef elf_backend_plt_readonly
10480 #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
10481 #undef elf_backend_got_header_size
10482 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
10483 #undef elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt
10484 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
10486 #undef bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab
10488 #undef bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create
10489 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
10490 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create
10491 #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
10492 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \
10493 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
10494 #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
10495 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
10496 elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
10497 #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
10498 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
10499 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
10500 #undef elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr
10501 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr \
10502 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr
10503 #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
10504 #define elf_backend_emit_relocs \
10505 elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
10508 #define elf32_bed ppc_elf_vxworks_bed
10509 #undef elf_backend_post_process_headers
10511 #include "elf32-target.h"